Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 321

Т. Ю.

Дроздова

Elementary
VO C A BU L A RY
+ Grammar
FOR BEGINNERS and PRE-INTERMEDIATE STUDENTS

WITH A SEPARATE KEY VOLUME

Санкт-Петербург
ББК 81.2Англ
Д75

Дроздова Т. Ю.
Д75 Elementary Vocabulary + Grammar : for Beginners and Pre-Intermediate Students : учебное
пособие. – СПб. : Антология, 2012. – 320 с.
ISBN 978-5-94962-207-0
Учебное пособие “Elementary VOCABULARY + Grammar” предназначено для людей с на-
чальным уровнем подготовки.
Отличительной особенностью издания является «параллельное» изучение лексики и
грамматики. Грамматические пояснения даются на русском языке, в простой и доступной
форме и располагаются именно там, где лексический материал главы диктует необходимость
использования данной грамматической конструкции.
К пособию прилагаются ответы-ключи, изданные отдельной книгой, и МР3-диск с
аудиоматериалом, что позволяет с успехом использовать его для самостоятельной работы.
Современный материал и оформление книги, а также аудиовизуальные «опоры», делают
работу с пособием приятной и эффективной.
ББК 81.2Англ

Художник Н. А. Васильева, О. В. Граблевская, Б. Г. Смирнов


Художественный редактор А. А. Неклюдова
Корректор Е. Г. Шабалова
Компьютерная верстка А. Б. Ткаченко

Подписано в печать 12.07.2012. Формат 84x108/16.


Гарнитура PragmaticaC. Печать офсетная. Бумага офсетная.
Объем 20 п.л. Заказ 02.23.

Издательство «Антология»
199053, Санкт-Петербург, В.О., Средний пр., д. 4
тел.: (812) 328-14-41
www.anthologybooks.ru

Отпечатано по технологии CtP в ООО «СЗПД-ПРИНТ»


188300, Ленинградская обл., г. Гатчина, ул. Железнодорожная, 45Б

© Дроздова Т. Ю., 2012


ISBN 978-5-94962-207-0 © ООО «Антология», 2012
ОТ АВТОРА

“Elementary VOCABULARY + Grammar” – новое учебное пособие для людей с на-


чальным уровнем подготовки. Оно предназначено для всех, кто уже сделал первый шаг к
изучению английского языка и преодолел «нулевой» барьер.
Если Ваш словарный запас ещё невелик и требует значительного расширения и
активизации, то это пособие для Вас.
Эта книга содержит 18 тематических глав, в которых представлена базовая лексика –
слова и выражения, связанные с основными видами деятельности человека и мира вокруг
него. Новая лексика вводится постепенно, небольшими блоками, с использованием слу-
ховых и визуальных «опор».
Знакомство с изучаемыми словами происходит в связном тексте, что не только
способствует их лучшему запоминанию, но и помогает освоить сочетаемость лексических
единиц.
Каждая глава состоит из нескольких разделов: изучение тематического словаря и
основных грамматических конструкций, тренировка понимания речи на слух, чтение
и воспроизведение текста. Все материалы взаимосвязаны и тесно переплетены между
собой.
Предлагаемое пособие отличает иной подход к подаче грамматического материала:
изучение словаря и грамматики соединены в единое целое так же, как они существуют в
языке. Грамматические пояснения даются на русском языке, в простой и доступной форме
и располагаются именно там, где лексический материал главы диктует необходимость
использования данной грамматической конструкции. Упражнения такого типа можно назвать
лексико-грамматическими.
Поскольку грамматические упражнения базируются исключительно на лексике,
изучаемой в данной главе, всё внимание учащихся может быть сосредоточено на овладении
грамматическими структурами, что значительно повышает эффективность работы.
В пособии более 400 упражнений. Из них около 40% представлены в звуковой форме,
что является несомненным преимуществом данной книги. Кроме имитационного метода
обучения произношению, учащимся также предлагаются таблицы с правилами чтения
основных сочетаний гласных и согласных звуков. Многочисленные примеры этих сочетаний
можно также прослушать.

3
Последний раздел каждой главы Reader’s Corner помогает ещё раз повторить изучаемую
лексику и познакомиться с замечательными образцами английского короткого рассказа. Все
рассказы и статьи представлены также в аудиозаписи.
Упражнения этого раздела в той или иной форме направлены на передачу содержания
прочитанного, что является первым шагом в формировании собственных высказываний.
К пособию прилагаются ответы-ключи, изданные отдельной книгой, и МР3-диск с аудио-
материалом, что позволяет с успехом использовать его для самостоятельной работы.
Учитывая особенности работы памяти, в пособии особое внимание уделяется повто-
рению изученных слов и выражений. Каждая третья или четвертая глава работы завершается
разделом Revision, в котором в разнообразных упражнениях, диалогах и переводах
происходит повторение и контроль усвоения лексики пройденных глав.
Современный материал и оформление книги, а также аудиовизуальные «опоры», делают
работу с пособием приятной и эффективной.
Продолжить изучение лексики на более продвинутом уровне (Intermediate) Вы можете
с помощью пособия “Everyday Vocabulary + Grammar”.

Желаю успеха!
Т. Ю. Дроздова
Contents
Unit 1. WE READ and COUNT ................................................................................................8
1.1 The English Alphabet ................................................................................................8
1.2 From Letters to Sounds ..............................................................................................9
1.3 The Numeral ............................................................................................................15
Grammar: Phonetics: Reading of Vowels, Consonants and Their Combinations. Silent Letters

Unit 2. PERSONAL DATA ......................................................................................................20


2.1 What’s Your Name? ..................................................................................................20
2.2 Where Are You from? ................................................................................................26
Grammar: The Verb “to be”. General Question with the Verb “to be”. “There + be” Construction.
Personal and Possessive Pronouns. Use of the Indefinite Article.

Unit 3. MEETING and GREETING PEOPLE ..........................................................................36


3.1 Forms of Address ....................................................................................................36
3.2 Making an Introduction ............................................................................................37
3.3 Starting a Conversation ............................................................................................46
Grammar: The Plural of English Nouns. The Present Simple Tense. General Question.
Subject and Object Pronouns

Unit 4. FAMILY and FRIENDS ..............................................................................................51


4.1 Family ....................................................................................................................51
4.2 Friends ....................................................................................................................61
Grammar: The Genetive. The Present Simple and the Present Continuous Tense.
The Past Simple Tense. The Verb “to have”

Revision 1 ............................................................................................................................65

Unit 5. DESCRIBING PEOPLE and THINGS ..........................................................................68


5.1 Describing People ....................................................................................................68
5.2 Describing Things ....................................................................................................76
Grammar: Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives. Use of the Indefinite Article. Pronoun “one”

Unit 6. CLOTHES. BUYING CLOTHES ..................................................................................81


6.1 Clothes ....................................................................................................................81
6.2 Buying Clothes ........................................................................................................88
Grammar: The Future Simple Tense

Unit 7. DAILY LIFE ................................................................................................................96


7.1 What Time Is It? What’s the Time? ..............................................................................96
7.2 Things We Do Everyday ............................................................................................98
7.3 At Weekends ..........................................................................................................105
Grammar: The Past Continuous Tense. Use of Articles with the Nouns “school”, “home”,
“work”, “bed”

5
Unit 8. HOUSES and HOMES ............................................................................................111
8.1 Types of Houses ....................................................................................................111
8.2 Rooms of a House ..................................................................................................115
8.3 Repairs and Redecoration ......................................................................................121
Grammar: Have + to-Infinitive. Prepositions of Place

Revision 2 ..........................................................................................................................125

Unit 9. FOOD. BUYING FOOD ............................................................................................129


9.1 Our Food ..............................................................................................................129
9.2 The Weekly Shopping ............................................................................................136
9.3 Small Shops ..........................................................................................................139
9.4 Containers and Quantities ......................................................................................142
Grammar: Nouns of Material: Singular or Plural? Use of Articles with Nouns of Material.
Pronouns “many/much”; “few/little”, “a few/a little”. Pronouns “some” and “any”

Unit 10. KEEPING HOUSE ................................................................................................148


10.1 In the Kitchen ........................................................................................................148
10.2 Making a Meal ........................................................................................................151
10.3 Cleaning and Tidying Up ..........................................................................................156
Grammar: The Present Perfect Tense

Unit 11. THE ENGLISH MEALS ..........................................................................................162


11.1 When and What the Englishmen Eat ........................................................................162
11.2 Eating Out ..............................................................................................................167
Grammar: Use of Articles with the Names of Meals. The Past Simple and the Present Perfect Tense

Unit 12. FIT and HEALTHY ..................................................................................................178


12.1 How to Keep Fit ......................................................................................................178
12.2 Common Problems ................................................................................................182
12.3 Injuries ..................................................................................................................187
12.4 In a Emergency Ward ..............................................................................................190
Grammar: The Complex Sentence. The Sequence of Tenses. Reported Speech.
Modal verb “must”

Revision 3 ..........................................................................................................................196

Unit 13. PEOPLE AT WORK ................................................................................................201


13.1 What Do They Do? Where Do They Work? ................................................................201
13.2 Self-Employed People ............................................................................................206
13.3 Choosing the Way ..................................................................................................208
13.4 Looking for a Job ....................................................................................................210
Grammar: Use of Articles with Nouns Denoting a Profession and Nouns “work” and “job”.
-ing Form or to-Infinitive? The Past Perfect Tense

6
Unit 14. LIFE IN A CITY and IN THE COUNTRY ..................................................................217
14.1 City Life ................................................................................................................217
14.2 Finding Your Way About ..........................................................................................225
14.3 Life in the Country ..................................................................................................230
Grammar: Use of Articles with the Word “town”. Use of Articles with the Names of Streets,
Squares and Some Buildings. Reported Questions. Reported Command and Request

Unit 15. GETTING FROM A to B ........................................................................................238


15.1 The Public Transport ..............................................................................................238
15.2 Travelling ..............................................................................................................247
Grammar: Prepositions with Forms of Transport. Modal Verbs: Obligation and Advice.
Use of the Definite Article with the Words “same”, “right”, “wrong”, etc.
The Present Continuous Tense

Revision 4 ..........................................................................................................................258

Unit 16. THE WORLD AROUND US ....................................................................................263


16.1 Our Planet – the Earth ............................................................................................263
16.2 The Universe ..........................................................................................................270
Grammar: Use of Articles with Geographical Names. The Passive Voice

Unit 17. SEASONS and WEATHER ....................................................................................277


17.1 The Seasons of the Year ..........................................................................................277
17.2 The Climate and Weather ........................................................................................282
17.3 What Is the Weather Like Today? ..............................................................................284
Grammar: Use of Articles with the Names of Days, Months, Seasons. Questions Tags

Unit 18. IT’S TIME TO RELAX ............................................................................................294


18.1 Where to Go ..........................................................................................................294
18.2 Where to Stay ........................................................................................................300
18.3 What to Do ............................................................................................................304
Grammar: Review of Tenses. Conditional Sentences

Revision 5 ..........................................................................................................................311

APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................315
Appendix 1 English Tenses (Active) ..............................................................................315
Appendix 2 Regular Verbs: Spelling Rules ....................................................................316
Appendix 3 List of Irregular Verbs..................................................................................317
Appendix 4 Expressions with the Verb “to be” ................................................................319

LITERATURE ......................................................................................................................320
1 WE READ and COUNT

1.1 The English Alphabet


The first thing we learn about a language is the alphabet. The English alphabet is made up of
twenty-six letters. Five of these letters are vowels (гласные): a, e, i, o, u. The other twenty-one
letters are consonants (согласные): b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, l, m, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z. The letter
y can act as a vowel and a consonant depending on ( в зависимости от) its position in a word.

1 Ex 1. Listen and read the alphabet.


Прослушайте и назовите буквы английского алфавита.

The English Alphabet

Aa xÉáz Jj xdÉáz Ss xÉëz


Bb xÄgz Kk xâÉáz Tt xígz
Cc xëgz Ll xÉäz Uu xàez
Dd xÇgz Mm xÉãz Vv xîgz
Ee xgz Nn xÉåz Ww xDÇ^Ääàez
Ff xÉÑz Oo xèsz Xx xÉâëz
Gg xdgz Pp xéáz Yy xï~áz
Hh xÉá`z Qq xâàez Zz xòÉÇz
Ii x~áz Rr xoz
ë
NOTE
letter – буква
Ex 2. Spell your name, the name of your country, of your spell – называть по буквам
sound – звук
town/city, of your street, the words: Switzerland,
automobile.
Назовите по буквам: свое имя, название своей страны, города, улицы, слова:
Switzerland и automobile.

........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................

8
1.2 From Letters to Sounds

2 Ex 3. Study the rules, listen and read the words.


Изучите правила чтения, прослушайте и прочтите данные слова.

Чтение ударных гласных

В английском алфавите пять гласных: a, e, i, o, u, каждый из них имеет два способа


произнесения – долгий в открытом слоге1, и краткий – в закрытом2.

oткрытый слог xÉáz cage, game, name, baby, awake, face, make, take, place, case
Aa
закрытый слог xñz fact, sad, sand, rabbit, napkin, smack, tact, panda, tank, map

oткрытый слог xgz Peter, even, recent, evening, evil, eve, female, detail
Ee
закрытый слог xÉz tender, member, pencil, network, next, text, them, theft

oткрытый слог x~áz lion, nice, refine, hike, five, mile, polite, silent, ride, side, time
Ii
закрытый слог xfz mix, miss, mister, list, link, infant, hinder, hippie, rich, sick, strict

oткрытый слог xèsz hope, mode, rope, close, go, motion, Pope, slope, home, note
Oo
закрытый слог xlz dog, mop, smog, concert, drop, golf, God, got, pond, shop

oткрытый слог xàez tube, pupil, duke, cute, duel, resume, super, uniform, tutor
Uu
закрытый слог x^z cut, shut, dump, slums, duck, drunk, lunch, sunny, muzzle

oткрытый слог x~áz type, my, cyclone, cycle, myself, rhyme, sly, style, tyrant
Yy
закрытый слог xfz system, cyst, cynic, mystery, rhythm, dynasty

1
Открытый слог заканчивается на гласный
2
Закрытый слог заканчивается на согласный.

9 Unit 1
3
Ex 4. Study the rules, listen and read the words.
Изучите правила чтения, прослушайте и прочтите данные слова.

Сочетания согласных

сk xâz luck, duck, Nick, dick, heckle, lock, ph xÑz phone, physics, phrase, photo,
back phase
sh xpz ship, shop, flash, bush, push, share, qu xâïz quiet, quick, question, equation,
dashing square
ch x`z chunk, chop, chicken, bachelor, kn xåz knee, know, knife, knob, knit,
chip, touch knight
tch x`z catch, switch, match, batch, watch, ng xkz thing, bring, swing, king, pang,
fetch song
th xqz thick, think, theory, theatre, theft,
theme
th xaz this, that, though, their, then, they,
bathe

4 Ex 5. Listen and read the words.


Прослушайте и прочтите эти слова.

Cогласные буквы, имеющие 2 варианта чтения

xëz перед e, i, y: nice, ice, city, celery, cylinder, cycle, mice, civil, dice,
C cinema
xâz в остальных случаях: come, catch, cook, copy, close, cat, clear, cry, cunning

xdz перед e, i, y: large, engine, gym, general, gentleman, bridge, engine,


energy
G исключения: get, begin, give
xÖz в остальных случаях: good, go, goose, gale, group, peg, regret, segment

xâñíz

xÖeëz

xDdÉåíäãèåz xDëÉäEèFêfz

10
5
Ex 6. Listen and read The Alphabet Poems.
Прослушайте и прочтите The Alphabet Poems.

The Alphabet Poems


Aa Bb Cc
A is for apples. B is for box. C is for cap.
A is for ants. B is for bell. C is for cat.
A is for alligators B is for bucket C is for cookies
on my pants. in my well. on my mat.
Dd Ee Ff
D is for donut. E is for elephant. F is for Fred.
D is for dog. E is for eggs. F is for fish.
D is for dinosaurs E is for exercise F is for french fries
in the fog. for my legs. in my dish.
Gg Hh Ii
G is for gate. H is for hippo. I is inside.
G is for goat. H is for hen. I is for ink.
G is for girl H is for Harry I is for ice-cream
in my boat. in my den. in my drink.
Jj Kk Ll
J is for jelly K is for ketchup. L is for lemon.
J is for jam. K is for key. L is for leave.
J is for jello K is for kitten L is for lollipop
on my tam. just for me. up my sleeve.
Mm Nn Oo
M is for monkey. N is for Nan. O is for October.
M is for mitten. N is for nest. O is for ox.
M is for milk N is for nothing O is for oranges
for my kitten. on my vest. in my box.
Pp Qq Rr
P is for pencils. Q is for Quincy. R is for rain.
P is for pan. Q is for quail. R is for rose.
P is for pickles Q is for quarters R is for rabbit
in my can. in my pail. on my nose.
Ss Tt Uu
S is for salamander. T is for teddy bear. U is for umbrella.
S is for snail. T is for tie. U is for up.
S is for spider T is for taffy U is for unicorn
in my pail. in my pie. in my cup.
Vv Ww Xx
V is for vanilla. W is for wheels. X is for x-ray.
V is for van W is for wings. Xylophone too.
V is for violins W is for Wendy X is for kisses.
in my pan. on my swings. I have for you!
Yy Zz
Y is for yellow. Z is for Zelda.
Use these poems
Y is for yarn Z is for Zipper.
for making an alphabet
Y is for yo-yo Z is for zebra
book or just reading fun!
in my barn. in my slipper.

11 Unit 1
6
Ex 7. Read the story. Then listen and correct ГЛАСНЫЙ + r /
your mistakes, if any. ГЛАСНЫЙ + r + СОГЛАСНЫЙ
Прочтите рассказ, затем прослушайте a + r xoz car, bar, tardy, sari, scar,
и исправьте, если есть, свои ошибки. target, far, party, smart
e + r xbWz her, serf, wert, term,
berth, fern, mercy, hermit
Andrew was in the third grade. He loved his teacher. His
i +r xbWz girl, first, dirt, circle, Sir,
teacher was young. She was pretty. She was friendly. She birthday, virgin, virtue
helped Andrew add numbers. She helped Andrew draw u + r xbWz burn, turn, curd, murder,
dogs and cats. She helped Andrew learn to spell. Andrew lurch, fur, gurgle, hurdler
o + r xiz short, born, corn, formal,
gave his teacher an apple one day. He gave her an morning, lord, pork,
orange another day. He gave her a peach another day. reform
His teacher thanked him. “Thank you for the apple,” she
said the first day. “Thank you for the orange,” she said
the second day. “Thank you for the peach,” she said the
third day. Each day Andrew said, “You’re very welcome.”

7
Ex 8. Listen and read the words.
Прослушайте и прочтите эти слова.

Чтение некоторых сочетаний гласных


ee xgz see, knee, meet, deep, fleet, feeling, needle, keep, feed,
ea xgz defeat, feast, heap, heat, peak, peace, peanut, reason, tea
oo xìz cooking, look, book, shoot, hook, hood, took, soot, good, foot
oo xez cool, pool, room, fool, moon, loop, roof, doom, zoo, too, noon, spoon
ai xÉfz main, faint, fail, sail, rain, pain, maize, laid, nail, paint, tai, bail, bait
ay xÉfz day, way, say, pay, May, maybe, ray, stay, bay, hay, gay
ey xÉfz they, hey, grey, convey, obey, survey, heyday
ei xÉfz neighbour, eight, reign, freight, rein, weight
ie xgz achieve, believe, brief, chief, thief, field, grief, piece, shield, siege
ei xgz ceiling, deceive, conceit, receive, perceive, seize, deceit
ou x~ìz found, foul, hound, house, lousy, sound, round, south, ground
ow x~ìz down, town, frown, how, scowl, wow, shower, now, gown, crown

xí~ìåz

xÑgäÇz

xéeäz

12
8
Ex 9. Listen and read the words.
Прослушайте и прочтите эти слова.

Чтение некоторых сочетаний «гласная + согласная/ые»


xoz a + ss, a + st, a + sk, a + sp, a + lm grass, class, last, cast, mast, past, grasp, calm
xiz a + ll, a + lk, wa + r wall, call, ball, tall, walk, talk, salt, war, warn, warm
x~fz i + gn, i +gh, i + nd, i + ld, i + nd sign, high, light, right, night, child, wild, mild, mind,
kind, blind

9 Ex 10. Listen and read the words with silent letters. Then read the short text.
Прослушайте и прочтите слова с немыми буквами. Затем прочтите корот-
кий текст.

«Немые» буквы
B (перед m) lamb, bomb, comb, thumb, climb
E (в конце слова) hate, make, take, tube, note, mobile, palace, some
G (перед n) gnat, gnome, sign, foreign, gnaw
GH (в конце слова или перед t) high, weigh, through, eight, night, light, flight, daughter
H (в начале слова или после r) honest, hour, heir, rhubarb, rhyme, rhinoceros, a также whip,
whisky
(wh + гласная, кроме о) what, where, when, why, BUT! (wh+o) xÜez who
K (всегда перед n) knot, knee, knob, knife, know, knit, knight, knock
L (перед f, m, k) half, calm, talk, walk
N (после m) autumn, solemn, hymn, condemn
P (всегда перед s, n, t. Эти слова обычно заимствованы
из греческого.) pneumatik, pneumonia, psalm, pterodactil
S island, isle
T (обычно после s) whistle, castle, listen, rustle, often
W (перед r или h) wrong, write, wrap, who, whose, whom, whole

Silent Letters
English words are full of silent letters1. These letters are not pronounced2 but must always be
written. Why are they there? The answer is that they used to be pronounced3 in the Middle Ages4.
Gradually, as pronunciation changed, some of the letters became silent. Many words have a silent
“e” at the end. The silent “e” usually makes the previous5 vowel long.

1
немые буквы
2
не произносятся
3
раньше произносились
4
Средние века
5
предыдущий

13 Unit 1
Ex 11. Which letters are silent in these words? Underline them, read the words.
Какие буквы в этих словах не читаются, подчеркните их, прочтите эти слова.

Thought, doubt, wrench, daughter, knight, where, who, would.

10 Reader’s corner
It is interesting to know! Listen to the text and then read it. The words in the Memory Box will
help you understand the text.
Прослушайте и прочтите текст. Слова в Memory Box помогут вам понять смысл.

Where Do the Words Come from?

English is used in many countries, yet it is a very difficult language to learn. There is no logical
pattern (модель) as to the way English words are spelt and pronounced. The reason is that it is a
mixture of many languages. The Ancient Britons spoke a language called Celtic.
Long ago The British Isles were occupied by many different races which contributed words to the
language the English now speak. The Romans brought with them the Roman alphabet they use
today. Then Britain was occupied by the Saxons and the Angles. Their languages mixed and
formed the basis of the English language. Next came the Vikings who brought with them
Scandinavian words (knife, box, big, sky, etc.). Finally there were Normans who introduced French
into the language (art, bar, advice, button, voyage, blond, etc.). Latin and Greek were used by
educated people, Latin was the only language of science (наука) (digit, media, rural, collar,
library, etc.)
MEMORY BOX

use – использовать
learn (learnt) – изучать, учить
spell (spelt) – писать по буквам
pronounce – произносить
speak (spoke) – говорить
contribute – вносить вклад
bring (brought) – приносить
come (came) – приходить
introduce – вводить
educate – дать образование

14
1.3 The Numeral
Cardinal Numbers
Количественные числительные

Cardinals Cardinals NOTES:


11
1 one 16 sixteen 1. Между десятками и следующими за
2 two 17 seventeen ними единицами ставится дефис (-).
3 three 18 eighteen Sixty-three, forty-seven
4 four 19 nineteen
2. Обратите внимание на правописание
5 five 20 twenty
этих числительных:
6 six 21 twenty-one
Fourteen – forty
7 seven 22 twenty-two
Five – fifteen – fifty
8 eight 30 thirty
9 nine 40 forty
10 ten 50 fifty
11 eleven 60 sixty
12 twelve 70 seventy
13 thirteen 80 eighty
14 fourteen 90 ninety
15 fifteen 100 a hundred

Ex 12. Spell these numbers.


3
7
Напишите эти числительные.

14 ... fourteen ...


89 .........................................................
11 .........................................................
52 .........................................................
15 .........................................................

92
33 .........................................................
19 .........................................................
98 .........................................................

56

15 Unit 1
Ex 13. Read the text. Do the sums and write the numbers, as Maria did it.
Прочтите текст. Решите примеры и напишите цифры словами, как это сделала
Мария.
9 + 7 = ... sixteen ...
Maria was learning to add numbers. She likes to add 4 + 17 = ..............................
numbers. It is easy to add numbers. She can add one and 32 + 25 = .............................
one. She knows that one and one are two. She knows that 47 + 12 = .............................
two and two are four. She knows that three and three are 68 + 13= .............................
six. But that she doesn’t know what four and four are. She 16 + 83 = .............................
asks her mom. Her mom tells her that four and four
are eight. “Oh, now I know,” Maria said. “I am four

MEMORY BOX
years old now. In four more years, I will be eight.”
Maria is a fast learner. do sums – решать примеры
add numbers – складывать числа

Big numbers
100 – a/one hundred NOTES:
200 – two hundred
1. Числительные 100, 1000, 1000000 употреб-
210 – two hundred and ten
ляются с неопределённым артиклем “а”
225 – two hundred and twenty-five
или числительным “one”.
1000 – a/one thousand
2010 – two thousand and ten 2. Перед десятками, а если их нет, то
1350 – one thousand three hundred and fifty перед единицами, ставится союз and.
2005 – two thousand and five.

Ex 14. Write the numbers.


Напишите цифры словами.

1. He lives 378 Oak Drive. ... three hundred and seventy-eight ...
2. My phone number is 470-71-28. ........................................................................................
3. There are 365 days in a year. ............................................................................................
4. There are 1286 pupils at our school. ..................................................................................
5. I’d like to go to the Olympic Games in 2014. ......................................................................
6. The Second World War started in 1939. ............................................................................
7. An elephant weighs about 7500 kg. ..................................................................................

16
The Calendar Year

1997 = nineteen ninety-seven

Telephone Number

каждая цифра в номере телефона


произносится отдельно:
48-92-76 = four – eight – nine –
two – seven – six
2008 = two thousand and eight

Ex 15. What is your telephone number? What is your friend’s telephone number? When were
you / was your mother born? Write them down and spell them.
Какой у тебя номер телефона? Какой номер телефона у твоего друга? Когда
родились вы/ваша мама? Напишите их цифрами и словами.

...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

Ordinal Numbers
Порядковые числительные Grammar
Ordinals Ordinals
12
1st first 16th sixteenth 1. Для образования порядкового чис-
2nd second 17th seventeenth лительного к количественному чис-
3rd third 18th eighteenth лительному добавляется окончание
-th:
4th fourth 19th nineteenth six – sixth, ten – tenth.
5th fifth 20th twentieth 2. Первые три числительных имеют
6th sixth 21th twenty-first особую форму, которую нужно
7th seventh 22nd twenty-second запомнить:
оne – first, two – second,
8th eighth 30th thirtieth three – third.
9th ninth 40th fortieth 3. Обратите внимание на правопи-
10th tenth 50th fiftieth сание некоторых порядковых чис-
11th eleventh 60th sixtieth лительных:
eight – eighth, twelve– twelfth.
12th twelfth 70th seventieth 4. При добавлении окончания -th к
13th thirteenth 80th eightieth числительным, оканчивающимся
14th fourteenth 90th ninetieth на -y, конечное -y меняется на -ie:
twenty – twentieth, fifty – fiftieth,
15th fifteenth 100th hundredth ninety – ninetieth.

17 Unit 1
Ex 16. Write what place in the English alphabet take the following letters.
Напишите, какое место в английском алфавите занимают указанные буквы.

1. E ... the fifth ... 9. W ......................................................


2. N ...................................................... 10. O ......................................................
3. G ...................................................... 11. R ......................................................
4. L ...................................................... 12. D ......................................................
5. I .......................................................
6. S ......................................................
8. H ......................................................

ë
NOTE е всегда
числительны
Порядковые оп ре де лённым
тся с
употребляю
E.
артиклем TH er of the alphabet.
th e fi rs t le tt
A is week.
fi fth day of the
Friday is the

Ex 17. Write the letters in the boxes and you will read a sentence.

Wednesday
Напишите в рамках требуемые буквы и вы прочтете предложение.

Thursday

Saturday
Tuesday
Monday

Friday

Sunday
1. The third letter of the tenth month of the year. £ 2011
2. The second letter of the fourth day of the week. £
3. The fourth letter of the fourth month of the year. £ January 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

£
February 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
4. The sixth letter of the third day of the week. March 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

5. The third letter of the fifth day of the week. £ April 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

6. The fifth letter of the eighth month of the year. £ May


June
29 30 31

7. The seventh letter of the twelfth month of the year. £ July


8. The seventh letter of the sixth day of the week. £ August
9. The sixth letter of the third day of the week. £ September

£
October
10. The eighth letter of the second month of the year. November
Deсember

The sentence is ............................................................................................................... .


ë

NOTE
DATES
Даты пишутся и читаются по-разному.
Мы пишем: on 29th March/ on March 29th;
on July 4th /on 4th July
Мы говорим: on the 29th of March; on the 4th of July

18
Ex 18. Amy is visiting Mike. She’s looking at his Calendar and reading the dates and events he
has marked. Write them down.
Эми в гостях у Майка. Она читает, какие даты и события он отметил в своём
календаре. Запишите эти даты и события.

party picnic football match

February March April May June July August

Adam’s birthday mother’s birthday


holidays trip/mountains

1. Adam’s birthday is on the 25th of February.


2. ......................................................................................

ë
3. ......................................................................................
NOTE
4. ...................................................................................... имание на
Обратите вн
5. ...................................................................................... е предлогов:
употреблени 10
6. ...................................................................................... In May, in 20
On Mon da y,
7. ...................................................................................... March
on the 22nd of

13 Listening
Bob listens to the radio announcement about football matches. He takes the dates down. Write
the dates.
Боб слушает радио объявления о футбольных матчах. Он записывает даты. Запишите эти
даты.
ë

1. April the 2nd / the 2nd April NOTE


2. .................................................................................... meet – встреч
ать(ся)
3. .................................................................................... field – поле
4. .................................................................................... team – коман
да
5. ....................................................................................
6. ....................................................................................
2 PERSONAL DATA

A good name is better than riches.


Доброе имя лучше богатства.
(proverb)
DENTITY CA
RD
PE R S O N A L I
.. ..
E..v....a..n..s..............
m e .. .. .. ..
Surna
....l..a..d..i s............
t na m e .. .. .. ..G ....
Firs
....a..n..a..d a............
nt ry .. .. .. .. .. ..C ....
Cou
C..o..n ltant ......
....s..u..............
Jo b .. .. .. .. .. ..

2.1 What’s Your Name?

1
Ex 1. Listen and read the words of the song.
Прослушайте и прочтите слова песни.

What’s your name? I’ve seen you before.


MEMORY BOX

NAME
What’s your name? May I walk1 you to the door?
name/first name – имя
It’s so hard2 to find a personality with charms like middle name – второе имя
yours for me. surname/last name/
Ooh-Ooh, ooh-ooh, ooh-ee! family name – фамилия
What’s your name? Is it Mary or Sue? maiden name – девичья фамилия
nickname – (n) прозвище, (v) давать
Do I stand a chance with you?
прозвище
It’s so hard to find a personality with charms like pen-name – псевдоним
yours for me. pet name – ласкательное имя
Ooh-ee, ooh-ee, ooh-ee! call/name (v) – называть
(a song by Don & Juan) name after smb – назвать в честь
кого-либо
call by first name – называть по имени
spell one’s name – назвать имя по
буквам
1
провожать unusual/rare/strange name – не-
2
трудно обычное/редкое/странное имя

20
Ex 2. Make up two short dialogues using the following variations.
Составьте два коротких диалога, используя предложенные варианты.

– What is your sister called? – Her name is Hannah.


elder brother Oscar.
friend Ivor.
– Your sister has an unusual name, hasn’t she?
brother rare
younger sister strange
– Yes, she was named after our grandmother.
his grandfather.
our mother’s sister.
– Oscar is a very serious name, isn’t it? – Right, at home we call himCarick. It’s his pet name.
strange Osa nickname.
funny

2 Listening
Listen to the story and choose the answers (a–c) for the questions (1–4).
Прослушайте рассказ и выберите ответы (а–с) к вопросам (1–4).

1. Why does the boy want to change his name?


a) It sounds German.
b) He doesn’t like it.
c) It is too long.

2. Why can’t he change his name?


a) It is not allowed (разрешать).
b) His mother likes the name.
c) It is too late.

3. What does the mother suggest (предлагать)?


a) She will call him by his middle name (второе имя).
b) Use the old name, it is nice.
c) Change only the first letter.

4. What does the mother say to the father?


a) Herman has changed his name.
b) They have a new son Adam.
c) She is angry (сердиться) with Adam.

21 Unit 2
Ex 3. Translate the joke from Russian into English.
Переведите эту шутку на английский язык.

– Сколько тебе лет? ........................................................................................................


– 12 лет, сэр. ..................................................................................................................
– Как тебя зовут? ............................................................................................................
– Джордж, сэр. ..............................................................................................................
– Как твоя фамилия? ......................................................................................................
– Стивенсон, сэр. ..........................................................................................................
– Очень известная фамилия, мой друг. ..........................................................................
– И неудивительно, сэр, я разношу молоко в этом районе уже 6 месяцев.
No wonder, Sir. I’ve been delivering milk in this area for six months already.

Grammar

THE VERB “TO BE”:


FORMS and MEANINGS
ФОРМЫ и ЗНАЧЕНИЯ
ГЛАГОЛА “TO BE”
«быть», «являться»,
«находиться»
Краткие формы
I – AM  I’m
WISHING SOMEONE HAPPY BIRTHDAY He/she /it – IS  he’s
We/you/they – ARE  you’re
Tom’s mother: Ah, there he is. Good morning, Tom,
and a very happy birthday to you. Глагол TO BE используется когда
мы:
Tom’s father: Yes, Tom, many happy returns.
Kate: Happy birthday, dear brother. Come – называем имя:
 I am Jenny. His name is Paul.
here and open all of your cards and
presents. – говорим о возрасте, работе:
Tom: Wow, thank you all very much. Gosh!  My mother is thirty. She is a
teacher.
So many presents, I don’t know which
one to unwrap (развернуть) first. – указываем национальность:
 She is Italian.

Ex 4. Fill in the right forms of the verb TO BE.


Вставьте соответствующие формы глагола TO BE.

Today (1)........................ Tom’s birthday. He (2)........................ twelve years old today. All his friends
(3)
........................ there. His sister (4)........................ there too. Her name (5)........................ Kate.

22
She (6)...................... eleven years old. Only Jenny, his girlfriend (7)........................ there. Where
(8)
...................... she? She (9)...................... ill. They (10)...................... all in the kitchen; it
(11)
...................... full of children. Tom’s parents and grandparents (12)...................... not in the
kitchen, they (13)...................... in the garden. They are having tea. Tom’s little brother Timmy
(14)
...................... in his bed. It (15)...................... his time to sleep.

YES/NO QUESTIONS WITH THE VERB “TO BE”


ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ ОБЩЕГО ВОПРОСА С ГЛАГОЛОМ “TO BE”
В повествовательном предложении глагол TO BE (как и все остальные глаголы) стоит после
подлежащего.
Для образования вопроса он выносится на первое место – перед подлежащим. Изменяется и
интонация предложения.

Mary is at home.  Is Mary at home? The children are happy.  Are the children happy?
Yes, she is. / No, she isn’t. Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t.

Ex 5. Read the text in ex 4 again and give short answers.


Прочитайте снова текст упр. 4 и дайте краткие ответы на вопросы.

1. Is it Timmy’s birthday? – ... No, it isn’t. ...


2. Is Jenny there? – .................................................. SHORT ANSWERS YES/NO
3. Is Tom eleven years old? – .................................... КРАТКИЙ ОТВЕТ ДА/НЕТ
4. Is Jenny Tom’s mother? – ....................................
5. Is Kate Tom’s sister? – .......................................... 1. Существительные  местоиме-
ние:
6. Are the children in the garden? – ............................
 Is Monika your sister? – Yes,
8. Are the parents in the kitchen? – ............................ she is.
9. Are the grandparents there, too? – ........................
2. Сокращённая форма глагола ис-
пользуется только в отрица-
тельных ответах:
 Is she a teacher? – Yes, she is./
No, she isn’t.

23 Unit 2
PERSONAL and POSSESSIVE

ë
PRONOUNS
NOTE ЛИЧНЫЕ и
Местоимение IT обозначает любой неоду- ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЕ
шевлённый предмет, оно также используется, МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
когда мы говорим о животных и младенцах
(babies).
Мы используем местоимения
 The baby is new-born, it is only two weeks. вместо ранее упомянутых предме-
 You’ve got a nice dog. How old is it? тов и лиц, или чтобы лично обра-
 Rodger is a good dog, he титься к кому-либо.
is my best friend.
(Здесь используется  I know his sister. She is a nice
“he”, т.к. это любимое girl.
животное (a pet),  John has got a book. It is very
«член семьи».) interesting.
 Are you Mary, Mike’s sister? –
And I’m Mike, his friend.

I – my You – your
You – your We – our
He – his They – their
She – her
It – its
Ex 6. Fill in the right pronouns.
Вставьте соответствующие местоимения.
В английском языке нет
отдельных форм для местоимений
1. .......... am Clair. And what is .......... name? «ты» и «Вы». Эту роль исполняет
2. The Browns are .......... neighbours (соседи). Have одно местоимение YOU. Используя
you seen .......... before? 3. Whose cat is that? – Thank YOU, мы можем обращаться к
.......... . .......... is .......... cat. 4. John is here. .......... незнакомым, к старшим и близким
людям. В английском языке
wants to see you. – Please, come in. 5. Amalia is .......... вежливость и фамильярность обра-
colleague. .......... is a very good doctor. 6. My mother щения выражаются другими
and .......... are in London for the first time. .......... like способами.
it very much. 7. The cat drank .......... milk. 8. This is  Ann, dear, you are a good girl.
 Mr Right, thank you very
George – .......... son. .......... father, Mr Davis, is in
much for your kindness
London now. 9. I know the boy, .......... lives in this house. (доброта).
10. Nina, I know these people, but I don’t know ..........
address.

When were you born? I was born on the 22nd of


March, 1972.

Where were you born? I was born in St. Petersburg,


Russia.

24
Ex 7. Complete the sentences with the corresponding words or phrases from the Memory Box.
Дополните предложения соответствующими словами или выражениями из
Memory Box.

MEMORY BOX
HOW OLD ARE YOU?
1. I’m ....................... . I’m a student. 2. This аge – возраст
woman is Peter’s mother. She is ..................... . be born (v) – родиться
3. Violet is twenty-one, she....................... . 4. Our birthday – день рождения
son can’t vote (голосовать), he is .................... . old/young/middle-aged – старый/
5. I’m twelve, and my sister is seven, she is молодой/пожилой
....................... than me. 6. My grandfather is new-born – новорождённый
be 16 years old – 16 лет
rather ....................... , he is approaching eighty.
be of age/under age – (не)достигнуть
7. My grandmother is ten years younger than my совершеннолетия
grandfather, so she .................... . 8. Women don’t about 30 – около 30
like to talk about (говорить о) their ....................... . approach 70 – приближаться к 70
9. You have a nice dog. ....................... is it? 10. My be of the same age (as) – быть одного
....................... is in May. I was ....................... in возраста
1994. 11. How ....................... you? – Twenty-five. – 10 years older/younger (than) – на 10
I’m also 25. Then we are ....................... . 12. They’ve лет старше/моложе (чем)
got a ....................... baby. It is only three weeks.

ë
NOTE
Ex 8. Translate the sentences. Вежливая просьба обычно начинается с:
Переведите предложения. Will you + глагол …, please?

1. Скажите, пожалуйста, ваше имя. – Моё имя  Will you give me your name and
address, please?
Шнайдер (Schneider). – Это фамилия? – Да. –
А как ваше имя?
.......................................................................................................................................
2. У вас сложная (difficult) фамилия. Назовите, пожалуйста, вашу фамилию по буквам.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Мистер Ридж (Ridge) – это тот пожилой мужчина. – Сколько ему лет? – Я думаю, ему
около 60.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Он такого же возраста, как мой папа. Моя мама на шесть лет младше.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Ридж – это его фамилия или псевдоним? Смешно (funny), но девичья фамилия моей
мамы тоже (also) Ридж.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Маму назвали Джой (Joy) в честь бабушки.
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Наша дочь несовершеннолетняя. Ей 15 лет. – О, это прекрасный возраст!
.......................................................................................................................................
8. Когда твой день рождения? – Завтра.
.......................................................................................................................................

25 Unit 2
2.2 Where Are You from?
Ex 9. Colour the rainbow.
Раскрасьте радугу. violet
dark blue
blue
green
yellow
orange
red

3 Ex 10. Listen and read the text. Answer the questions. Underline the “colour” words.
Прослушайте и прочтите текст. Ответьте на вопросы. Подчеркните слова,
обозначающие цвет.

The Flag

Tracy looked at the flag. The flag is red, white and blue. It has
fifty white stars. The white stars are on a blue square
(квадрат). The flag has six white stripes (полоска) and seven
red stripes. Tracy loves her flag. No other flag has fifty stars.
No other flag has thirteen stripes.

1. What colour are the stars? ... The stars are white. ...
2. How many stars are there? .............................................................................................
3. What colour are the stripes? ...........................................................................................
4. How many stripes are there? ..........................................................................................
5. What country is Tracy from? ...........................................................................................

NATIONALITY
MEMORY BOX

MEMORY BOX

country – страна
сome from (a country) – быть жи-
телем страны
birthplace – место рождения
native town/village – родной город/
деревня
native language/tongue – родной
язык

26
THERE IS / THERE ARE
В русском языке, когда мы говорим о местонахождении предметов, обстоятельство места (где?)
обычно стоит в начале предложения: на флаге, в комнате, у окна.
В этом случае английское предложение начинается с оборота:
There is/are
(IS – для единственного числа и ARE – для множественного)
 There are five stars on the flag of China: one big and four small.
На флаге Китая пять звёзд: одна большая и четыре маленьких.
 There is a big map on the wall.
На стене большая карта.

При использовании этой конструкции вопрос образуется так же, как и все вопросы с глаголом
TO BE: глаголы IS /ARE выносятся вперед:

There is a star on my flag.  Is there a star on your flag?


– Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t.

Ex 11. Use the THERE IS/ARE construction: A to say where all those things are, B to ask
questions about the whereabouts of some other things.
Используйте конструкцию THERE IS/ARE: А чтобы сказать, где находятся эти
предметы, В чтобы задать вопросы о местонахождении других предметов.

A B
1. Ten boys / in our class a. many girls / in your class
— There are ten boys in our class.  — Are there many girls in your class?
2. A teacher / in the classroom. b. (any) pupils / in the classroom.
........................................................  ........................................................
3. Many girls / at the table. c. (any) boys / at the table.
........................................................  ........................................................
4. Red and yellow flowers / in our garden. d. green trees / in your garden.
........................................................  ........................................................
5. a village / by the lake. e. a forest / by the lake.
........................................................  ........................................................
6. a big town / not far from (недалеко) f. a railway station / there (там)
the village.
........................................................  ........................................................

27 Unit 2
COUNTRIES and NATIONALITIES
4
Country Adjective
Russia Russian
America (the USA) American

ë
Germany German
Italy Italian NOTE
Brazil Brazilian Слова, которые обозначают националь-
China Chinese ность и язык страны – прилагательные,
Switzerland Swiss образованные от названия страны.
Denmark Danish  The writer Maeve Binchy is Irish, she
Poland Polish writes her books in beautiful English.
Sweden Swedish
England English Обратите внимание на изменения в при-
France French лагательных, образованных от названия
the Netherlands (Holland) Dutch некоторых стран:
Spain Spanish France – French, Holland – Dutch,
Finland Finnish Switzerland – Swiss, Greece – Greek.
Scotland Scottish  He is Dutch, but his Arabic is rather
Ireland Irish fluent (беглый).
 She is Swiss, she speaks German and
French.

Ex 12. What colour is the flag? What country is it? Colour the flags.
Какого цвета этот флаг? Это флаг какой страны? Раскрасьте флаги.

1. The flag is blue and 2. ............................. 3. ............................. 4. .............................


yellow. ............................. ............................. .............................
It is the flag of ............................. ............................. .............................
Sweden. ............................. ............................. .............................

ORDEM
E PR
OG
RE
SS
O

5. ............................. 6. ............................. 7. ............................. 8. .............................


............................. ............................. ............................. .............................
............................. ............................. ............................. .............................
............................. ............................. ............................. .............................

28
Ex 13. What country are these people from? What nationality are they?
Из какой страны каждый из этих людей? Какой они национальности?

1. Irina Petrova, Moscow 3. Paris, Alan Bernard


Irina Petrova is from Russia. 2. Peking, Lim Chen Wei
............................................. .............................................
She is Russian.
............................................. ............................................. .............................................
............................................. .............................................
.............................................

4. Venice, Nicola Ricci


6. Madrid, Vitas Diaz
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
5. New York, Jessica Gerald .............................................
.............................................
............................................. .............................................
.............................................
.............................................

Ex 14. Look at the photos in ex 13. Ask and answer questions as in the model.
Посмотрите на фотографии людей в упр. 13. Задайте вопросы и дайте на них
ответы по модели.

1. Irina Petrova (French) Is Irina Petrova French? — No, she isn’t. She is Russian.
2. Lim Chen Wie (Japanese) ..............................................................................................
3. Alan Bernard (German) ..................................................................................................
4. Nicola Ricci (Spanish) ..................................................................................................
5. Jessica Gerald (English) ................................................................................................
6. Vitas Diaz (Brazilian) ......................................................................................................

29 Unit 2
Ex 15. Translate the sentences.
Переведите предложения.

1. Наша учительница английского языка – англичанка. Она из Йорка (York). 2. Это не


немецкий язык. В Голландии говорят по-голландски. 3. В нашем классе два поляка, один
француз и один швед. Их родители работают в Москве. 4. Эльфрида (Elfriede)говорит по-
немецки, она из Германии. 5. Она очень красивая, она итальянка, а её муж датчанин. 6. Пеле
бразилец? 7. Он не итальянец, он испанец, он говорит по-испански. 8. Писательница Мейв
Бинчи (Maeve Binchy) живёт в Ирландии, она ирландка.
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
........................................................
........................................................
LEARN THE ADJECTIVES
MEMORY BOX
........................................................
........................................................ late – поздний tired – усталый
........................................................ ill – больной happy – счастливый
........................................................ ready – готовый difficult – трудный
right – правый busy – занятый
........................................................
cold – холодный interesting – интересный
........................................................ hot – горячий

You are late. It is cold.


Глагол TO BE употребляется:
Вы опоздали. Холодно.
– с прилагательными:
You’re right, there is an error in the programme.
 You are right. (Ты прав.) We
are tired. (Мы устали.) Вы правы, в программе ошибка.

– после THIS, THAT, IT:


 This is my bike. Is that your
car? It is a nice photo.
(см. Appendix 4)

5
Ex 16. A. Make questions. B. Form negative sentences. Listen and check your answers.
А. Образуйте вопросы. В. Сделайте данные предложения отрицательными.
Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

A B
1. I’m late. ... Am I late? ... 7. It’s hot today. ..........................................
2. You’re ill. ................................................ 8. This is difficult. ........................................
3. They’re ready. ........................................ 9. Kate is happy. ........................................
4. We’re right. ............................................ 10. The book is interesting. ............................
5. It’s cold. ................................................ 11. I’m busy. ................................................
6. She’s tired. ............................................

30
6 Ex 17. Brian’s family has a new au pair girl1. Wanda, Colin’s friend, is talking to him
about her. Complete Wanda’s questions and Colin’s answers with the
words from the lists below. Fill in the article were necessary. Listen and
check your answers.
В семье Колина новая девушка-
USE OF THE INDEFINITE
помощница. Его подруга Ванда рас- ARTICLE A/AN (1)
спрашивает его об этой девушке.
УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЕ
Дополните вопросы Ванды и ответы НЕОПРЕДЕЛЁННОГО АРТИКЛЯ
Колина данными ниже словами. A/AN (1)
Поставьте артикль, где это не- Неопределённый артикль употреб-
обходимо. Прослушайте и про- ляется с исчисляемыми существи-
верьте свои ответы. тельными:
– когда речь идёт об одном из
WANDA: You call your au pair Sam. Isn’t that (1) ............ представителей данного класса
......................... ? («один», «какой-то»):
 Could you give me an apple,
COLIN: Nо, no, she is really (2) ......................... please?
................... Her name is Samantha.  Alice works in a bank.
WANDA: You say she comes from a reservation. So she – с названием профессии:
is (3) .....................................?  He is a teacher.
COLIN: Yes, she is (4) ..................................... . – когда мы характеризуем чело-
WANDA: And her father works as (5) ...................... века:
............... .  He is an intelligent man.
COLIN: But he isn’t (6) ...................................... Only – при указании национальности:
(7)
..................................... can be the boss!  There is a Pole and a
Frenchman in our company,
WANDA: I see, I know the problem. My mother would
they are good workers.
never take on someone like Sam, she would
only want (8) ..................................... . Is Sam Артикль AN ставится перед сло-
such (9) ..................................... as our au вами, начинающимися с гласного:
a, e, i, o, u
pair? An apple, an orange, an egg,
COLIN: Oh, yes, she makes wonderful dishes an ice-cream.
(блюда). And what (10) .......................
.............. she is, she tells us (11) ...................
.................. every day.
WANDA: Great! I think I must come and see Sam.
COLIN:
Navajo  story  white
girl  good story-teller
WANDA: boss
boy  Protestant  Indian  miner
excellent cook

1
x?èìDécèz девушка-иностранка, помощница по хозяйству, для занятий с детьми

31 Unit 2
Ex 18. Fill in the indefinite article A/AN where necessary.
USE OF THE INDEFINITE
Вставьте артикли, где необходимо.
ARTICLE A/AN (2)
УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЕ
1. You have ........... funny name. 2. Is it ........... name or
НЕОПРЕДЕЛЁННОГО АРТИКЛЯ
........... your nickname? 3. ........... Helena’s brother and A/AN (1)
........... her sister are my age. 4. It is ........... Nick’s
Если существительное имеет опре-
birthday, isn’t it? 5. If you can speak ........... foreign деление (какой?), то артикль ста-
language, you can find ........... good job. 6. Omsk is вится перед определением:
........... my native town. 7. Is it ........... city or ........... A house  a new house 
а new modern house
town? 8. He was born in ........... village. 9. What ...........
country are you from? 10. Her father is ........... teacher. – Если перед существительным
Is he ........... good teacher? – Yes, he teaches in ........... стоит притяжательное или ука-
girls’ school. 11. I’ve never seen ........... that flag. – What зательное местоимение (my, his,
our; this, that), другое существи-
........... country is it? There is ........... star in the middle. тельное в притяжательном падеже
– I don’t know. 12. Have you got ........... their address? – (girl’s, Mary’s), или отрицание
No, I only know they live by ........... lake. 13. He gave me NO, артикль не употребляется.
........... nice blue flower. I don’t know ........... its name.  My son has a friend. Jack is his
14. You can use ........... this ticket, it is for ........... adult friend.
 We have no map.
and ........... child.15. I have ........... idea. It is ........... good
idea. 16. He is reading ........... interesting book.

Ex 19. Beata Bauer (48) from Zürich applies for a visa. Consult the Memory Boxes and complete
the Visa Application Form.
Беата Бауер (48 лет) из Цюриха обращается за визой. Используя Memory Boxes,
дополните недостающие в форме слова.

Visa Application Form


Bauer
…….......……. ____________________
Beata
…….......……. ____________________
Beata Denner
…….......……. ____________________
Switzerland
…….......……. ____________________
Birthplace Zürich
____________________
Date of birth May 2nd, 1964
____________________
Limmatstrasse, 34
…….......……. ____________________
8003 Zürich
…….......……. ____________________
(+41 044) 824 71 11
…….......……. ____________________
Doctor
…….......……. ____________________
Married? Yes
____________________

32
7
Ex 20. Here are some of Beata’s answers she gave at the Consulate. Make the
questions. Listen and check your answers.
Вы видите ответы, которые дала Беата на собеседовании в консульстве.
Составьте вопросы. Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

1. ... Is your surname Bauner? ...


– No, it is not. It’s Bauer.
2. .......................................................................................................................................
– It’s B – A – U – E -R.
3. .......................................................................................................................................
– Yes, Switzerland is my native land.
4. .......................................................................................................................................
– It’s my father’s surname.
5. .......................................................................................................................................
– It is May, 2nd, 1963.
6. .......................................................................................................................................
– Yes, Zürich is my birthplace.
7. ... What is your job? ...
– I’m a doctor.
8. .......................................................................................................................................
– Yes, I’m married.

8 Listening
Listen to John telling about his roots. Are the sentences1–6 true or false?
Прослушайте рассказ Джона о его корнях. Соответствуют ли пред-
ложения 1–6 содержанию текста?

TRUE FALSE

1. John is a usual American boy like his friends. £ £


2. John lives in Kansas City. £ £
3. John is a native American. £ £
4. He is bilingual. £ £
5. John is a Navajo. £ £
6. The Kaw nation lost its native language long ago. £ £ PROMPTS:
tribe – племя
respect – уважать

33 Unit 2
Ex 21. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined in each question. Match the questions in
column A with the answers in column B.
Выберите правильное слово или фразу из подчеркнутых в каждом вопросе. В
колонке В подберите ответы к вопросам в колонке А.

A B
1. What is your name? / What do you called? a) 70, Long Drive
2. How old/age are you? c) England.
3. Where do you stay/live? d) In Manchester.
4. What is your house/address? e) No, I’m not. I’m English.
5.
6.
7.
Are you Germany/German?
When is your birthday/birthplace?
Which country do you live/come from?
f)
g)
h)
25 February, 1994
Eva Reinhard.
I’m seventeen.

9 Reader’s Corner
Listen and then read a passage from the story “Princess September”.
Прослушайте и затем прочтите отрывок из рассказа «Принцесса Сентябрь».

Princess September
by Somerset Maugham
(abridged)

First the King of Siam had two daughters and he called them Night and Day. Then he had two
more, so he changed the names of the first ones and called the four of them after the seasons,
Spring and Autumn, Winter and Summer. But in course of time he had three others (другие)
and he changed their names again and called all seven by the days of the week. But when his
eighth daughter was born he didn’t know what to do till he suddenly thought of the months of
the year.
The Queen said there were only twelve and it was difficult for her to remember so many new
names. But the King could never change his mind. He changed the names of all his daughters
again and called them January, February, March (though of course in Siamese) till he came to the
youngest, who was called August, and the next was called September.
“That only leaves October, November and December,” said the Queen. “And after that we shall
begin all over again.” “No, we shan’t,” said the King, “because I think twelve daughters are enough
for any man and after the birth of dear little December I shall have to cut off (отрезать) your head.”
He cried bitterly when he said this because he was extremely fond of the Queen. Of course it made
the Queen very sad, too.
But it so happened that there was no need for them to worry because September was the last
daughter they ever had. The Queen only had sons after that and they were called by the letters of

34
the alphabet, so there was no cause to worry for a long time, since they had only reached the
letter J.
Now the King of Siam’s daughters had their characters permanently (навсегда) spoilt by having
to change their names in this way. Only September, whose name had never been changed, had
a very sweet and charming nature.

Answer the questions.


Ответьте на вопросы.

1. How many daughters did the King have?


2. How many sons did the King have? ................................................................................
3. Why did the King change his daughters’ names? ............................................................
4. Why was the Queen worried? ........................................................................................
5. Why were the King’s daughters’ characters permanently spoilt? ......................................

Ex 22. Answer the questions and fill in the chart.


Ответьте на вопросы и заполните табличку.

1. How many times did the King change his daughters’ names? ..........................
2. What names did the first, the second, the third, the fourth, the seventh daughter have?

The first daughter Night


...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
The second daughter Day
...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
The third daughter ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
The fourth daughter ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
The seventh daughter ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
3 MEETING and GREETING PEOPLE

3.1 Forms of Address


Формы обращения

First name (Mary)– к друзьям


Mr Brown – к старшим или малознакомым людям
Mrs Brown – к замужней женщине
Ms Brown – к юной девушке или незамужней женщине
Sir – к старшему или вышестоящему мужчине
– офицеру / учителю школы
– вежливая форма обращения к незнакомому человеку
Doctor – к врачу
Professor – к профессору университета

Ex 1. How would you address the following people?


Как вы обратитесь к следующим людям?

1. A friend of your own age (Sandra Robinson) – ... Sandra ...


2. Sandra’s father/mother – ..............................................................................................
3. a girl of 17 not married (Sandy Abbot) – ..........................................................................
4. a man in the street you don’t know (27–70 years old) – ....................................................
5. your English teacher – ..................................................................................................
6. your doctor (George West) – ..........................................................................................
7. director of the Company you work for (Glen Scot) – ........................................................
8. an older colleague (Paul Franklin) – ................................................................................
9. a married woman of 35 (Judy Forsyte) – ........................................................................

36
3.2 Making an Introduction
Ex 2. Read the text and complete the Memory Box with the words from the text. Listen and
check your answers.
Прочтите текст и впишите в Memory Box недостающие слова. Прослушайте и
проверьте свои ответы.

At the Kennedys’ ........................ – быть знакомым/

MEMORY BOX
1
знать
We’re at the Kennedys’ house called the ........................ – встречаться, знако-
миться
Mense. I know only Rory, Mr Kennedy’s
introduce smb (to) smb (v) – представить
son. Now I’m going to meet his family. кого-либо
There are many people in the living-room: introduction (n) – представление
a lot of children and grown-ups. Mrs be introduced to smb – ........................
Kennedy is called Tabitha. She is pretty and introduce oneself – представиться
young-looking, and unusual. She teaches art get acquainted (with) – познакомиться
at school. There is also the headmaster of the greet (smb) – приветствовать, здороваться
school, his name is Mr McIntosh. But behind greeting – приветствие
his back the children call him Waterproof. In the in greeting – в знак приветствия
shake (smb’s) hand – пожать руку
kitchen there are three other boys, Rory’s
grown-up/adult – ........................
friends from school, and his sister Cloda who
is fifteen. We are all introduced.

Rory:
Dialogues Mother, this is Lucy. She is
on holiday here. She stays
with her aunt.

Lucy:
Mrs Kennedy: How do you do,
Hello, Lucy. Nice to meet Mrs Kennedy?
you.
You can call me Tabitha.

Lucy:
Thank you, Tabitha

37 Unit 3
John, this is my cousine, Paula.

John:
Hello, Paula.

Paula:
Hello, John.

Mrs Night, I’d like


you to meet Mr Frost,
my neighbour.

Mrs Night:
Oh, how do
you do?

Mr Frost:
How do you do? Nice
to meet you, Mrs Night.

MAKING AN INTRODUCTION
MEMORY BOX

Formal:
May I introduce Mr/Mrs... to you – Разрешите представить Вам…
Let me introduce you to… – Разрешите Вас познакомить с…
Let me introduce myself… – Разрешите представиться…
Less formal:
I’d like to introduce you to…
– Я хотел бы познакомить Вас с…
I’d like you to meet…
Informal:
This is...
– Познакомьтесь, это…
Meet…
People who have been introduced say:
This is a pleasure, Mr/Mrs… – Очень приятно.
Glad/Pleased/Nice to meet you. – Рад с Вами познакомиться.

38
Ex 3. Read the good manners suggestions (1–8), match them to the corresponding examples
or pictures (a–h) illustrating the rules.
Прочтите предлагаемые ниже правила поведения (1–8). Подберите к ним
соответствующие примеры или картинки (a–h), иллюстрирующие эти правила.

How to be polite when being introduced:


Five “Always” and Three“Never”

ALWAYS: a. “Grandmother, I want you to


1. Stand, smile and shake а hand in meet my teacher, Mrs English.”
greeting.
2. Introduce the younger person to the
b. “Mr Blackbird, this is
older person. Say the older person’s my coach, Miss Whales.”
name first.
3. Use an adult’s title and last name.
c.
4. When you know it, include a little
description (описание) that helps d. “Jackie, this is
people understand the connections. my coach, Miss
Whales. She’s the one
5. Make the introduction even if you’ve who has a talent of
forgotten the person’s name. making (заставить) me
work hard”.
NEVER:
6. Look at the ground or away when you
are being introduced to someone.
e.
7. Refuse (отказаться) to shake a hand
extended in greeting.
8. Shake someone’s hand in a bone-
crushing grip (чуть не сломав кости).

f. “I’m sorry. I know we’ve met, but


I don’t remember you name. I’m Joe
Green and this is my friend Tim Short”. g.

h.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

39 Unit 3
Ex 4. Choose the right expression from the list and translate the sentences from Russian into
English.
Выберите соответствующее выражение из списка ниже и переведите пред-
ложения на английский язык.

get acquainted with smb  introduce oneself to smb  introduce smb to smb

1. Он не знает, как представиться.


......................................................................................................................................
2. Представьтесь, пожалуйста. Мы не знаем вашего имени.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Она хочет познакомиться с тем молодым человеком.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Ему нравится эта девушка. Он просит своего друга представить его ей.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Они хотят познакомиться с вами.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Ты можешь представить меня своей сестре?
......................................................................................................................................

2 Listening
Some students and teachers are going on a bus tour to Prague.
They meet their guide and other members of the group.
Listen to the dialogues first and then read the dialogues.
Студенты и преподаватели едут на автобусную экскурсию
в Прагу. Они знакомятся с гидом и другими членами
группы. Прослушайте и прочтите диалоги.

1
GUIDE: Hello, my name is Carol. I am your guide. I’d like to say “Hello” to everyone.
THOMAS: Hello, my name is Thomas. I’m from Germany.
CAROL: Hello, Thomas. How are you?
THOMAS: Hello, Carol. I’m fine, thanks.

2
NICOLE: Hello, Carol, my name is Nicole.
CAROL: Hello, Nicole, glad to meet you. Where are you from?
NICOLE: Glad to meet you too. I’m from Lyon.
CAROL: Nicole, this is Thomas. You can take a seat next to Thomas.
THOMAS: Hello, Nicole, nice to meet you.

40
3
Ex 5. Listen to the dialogues and fill in the missing words.
Прослушайте диалоги и вставьте пропущенные слова.

1. CAROL: Good morning, Mr White. How (1) ........................ ?


MR WHITE: Fine, thank you, Carol. And (2) ........................ you?
CAROL: I’m (3) ........................ , thanks.
Greetings – приветствия

MEMORY BOX
2. CAROL: Hello my name is Carol. How do you do? (formal)
ALEX: Hello, Carol. (4) ........................ Alex. Hello! (semi-formal)
CAROL: Nice to (5) ........................ you, Alex. Hi! (informal)
(6)
ALEX: ........................ you , too, Carol. Good morning/afternoon/
CAROL: Thank you. evening!
How are you?
3. CAROL: Can I help you?
LOIS: Is this the bus to Prague?
CAROL: Yes, I’m Carol, your (7) ........................ . What is your (8) ........................ ?
LOIS: Nice to (9) ........................ you, Carol. My (10) ........................ Lois Wendy.
CAROL: Hello, Lois, (11) ........................ to meet you. Is Lois your first name or
(12)
........................ name?
LOIS: It’s my (13) ........................ name.
CAROL: Right. Please, get on the bus.

4 Ex 6. Connie and Mark meet on the bus, too. Put the sentences in the correct order.
Listen and check your answers.
Кони и Марк знакомятся в автобусе. Поставьте предложения в правильном
порядке. Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

£ Fine, thanks. And how are you?


£
1 Hello, my name is Mark.
£ Not so bad, thank you, Mark.
£ Nice to meet you, too, Mark. How are you?
£ Hello, Mark. My name Connie.
£ Nice to meet you, Connie.

41 Unit 3
Ex 7. Complete the dialogue. Fill in the missing words from the list below.
Дополните диалог. Вставьте пропущенные слова из данного ниже списка.

you  to  name  student  is  am  to  Are  my  am  are

A: Hello! My (1) ........................ is Nancy Brown. What (2) ........................ your name?
B: Hi. I (3) ........................ Karla Lopes.
(4)
A: ........................ you new here?
B: Yes, this is (5) ........................ first trip (путешествие) (6) ........................ the States.
(7)
A: ........................ you a tourist or a (8) ........................ ?
B: I (9) ........................ an exchange student.
I plan (10) ........................ improve my English.
A: That’s great! I hope (11) ........................ will enjoy your stay here.
B: Thanks.

Ex 8. It is the first day at the English class in London Language School. The students are getting
acquainted. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Первый учебный день в Школе английского языка в Лондоне. Студенты знакомятся
друг с другом. Переведите предложения с русского языка на английский.

Getting Acquainted

– Hello! How are you?


– Позвольте представиться.
(1)
...................................................................................
– My name is Frank Bauer.
– Привет! Я Ольга Попова.
(2)
...................................................................................
– Как ваше имя?
(3)
...................................................................................
– My name is Ivan Smirnov.
– Могу я вас называть (просто) Иван?
(4)
...................................................................................
– Yes, sure. / Of course.
– Я очень рад с вами познакомиться.
(4)
...................................................................................................................................
– Nice to meet you, Ivan.
– С вами тоже приятно познакомиться, Анна.
(6)
.......................................................................................................................................
– Иван, я хочу (вам) представить моего друга, Нину Браун.
(7)
....................................................................................................................................
– Nina, this is Ivan.

42
– I’m very glad to meet you.
– How are you, Ms Brown?
– Прекрасно, спасибо. А как вы?
(8)
...................................................................................
– Not too bad, thank you.
– Пожалуйста, зовите меня Нина.
(9)
...................................................................................
– Откуда вы?
(10)
...................................................................................
– I’m from Russia.
– Anna is from Switzerland.
– Maри – француженка.
(11)
..................................................................................................................................
– Кристиан из Германии.
(12)
..................................................................................................................................
– Это ваше первое путешествие (trip) в Лондон?
(13)
....................................................................................................................................
– Yes, it is. Well, everything seems (казаться) so new to me.
– Don’t worry, you will get used (привыкнуть) to it soon.

Grammar
THE PLURAL OF ENGLISH NOUNS
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ МНОЖЕСТВЕННОГО ЧИСЛА
СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ
1. Общее правило:
существительное + -S Spelling Rules

pens, notes, dogs, days Правила правописания:

2. Если существительное оканчивается на -s, -ss, -x, 1. если слово оканчивается на -S + -E 


-z, -sh, -ch, -o + -ES: только -S:
buses, dresses, boxes, bushes, benches, tomatoes, rose – roses, house – houses
heroes 2. Согласная + -Y  -IES: lady – ladies
Некоторые исключения: pianos, photos, zeros Исключения: в именах и фамилиях -Y
3. Семь имен существительных нужно запомнить: не меняется на -I
man – men, woman – women, child – children,  The O’Connollys are our friends.
foot – feet, tooth – teeth, goose – geese, mouse – mice  There are three Marys in our class.
Гласная + -Y  без изменений:
Окончание -S произносится: toy – toys
xòz после звонких согласных и гласных: tables, plays
xëz после глухих согласных: books, ships
3. -F, -FE в конце существительных 
-VE: wolf – wolves, self – selves
xáòzпосле S, Z, X, SH, CH classes, buzzes, benches,
bushes, boxes Некоторые исключения:
roofs, hoofs, chiefs, beliefs, cliffs,
gulfs

43 Unit 3
Ex 9. Form the plural of these nouns and divide them into the nine columns according to the
Spelling Rules.
Образуйте множественное число от каждого из существительных в списке и
поставьте его в соответствующую колонку согласно правилам правописания.

dress  tooth  dish  match  roof  box  photo  woman  church  piano  puppy
address  hoof  child  chief  wish  shelf  mouse  foot  arch  country  donkey
memory  echo  bus  stripe  mosquito  cargo  butterfly  domino  scarf  bush
teacher  sheriff  language  man  knife  goose  kitchen  tariff  boy  school
tray  calf  zero  loaf  girl  cat  place  family  adult  day  lorry
nationality  lunch  tomato

+ -S + -ES -Y  -IES + -S -F  -VES -F + -S -О + -ES -О + -S неправильные


формы

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Ex 10. There are 13 mistakes in the text below. Can you spot the
mistakes? Underline the word and correct the mistake.
В этом тексте 13 ошибок. Вы сможете найти их? Под-
черкните слово и исправьте ошибку.

The Kennedies often go out for a walk, taking with them their dog The Kennedys
......................................
and its two puppys. They want to get away from the noise of the cars, ......................................
lorrys and busess; so they go into the open fields. ......................................
The leafs on the trees are green and the sun shines down on the ......................................
rooves of the houses. As they come to the countryside, the dog ......................................
chases (гоняться за) butterflys and the puppys yap (лаять) at some ......................................
donkies by the bushs. ......................................

44
The family usually goes to the river to eat their picnic lunchs. They ......................................
eat sandwiches with lettuce and tomatos. Near the river they are ......................................
always attacked by mosquitos. ......................................

Ex 11. Fill in the right form of the verb in brackets in the THE PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE
Present Simple Tense.
Это время глагола называется
Поставьте данный в скобках глагол в соответ- простым, т.к. представляет собой
ствующую форму the Present Simple Tense. глагол в базовой форме (без
частицы “to”).
Только в третьем лице единствен-
Every morning I (1) ........................ (take) my dog for a ного числа (he, she, it) к глаголу
walk in the park. And every day I (2) ........................ добавляется окончание + -s.
(meet) a man there. He (3) ........................ (sit) on a
bench and (4) ........................ (read) the newspaper. He I he
You she lives
(5)
........................ (be) there when it (6) ........................ live
We it
(rain) and when it (7) ........................ (shine). They
I (8) ........................ (not know) him. We (9) ........................
 They live in Canada, but their
(not greet) each other, but he (10) ........................
son lives in the USA.
(smile) at me and I (11) ........................ (smile) at him.
We never (12) ........................ (talk). The Present Simple Tense обычно
“He (13) ........................ (not know) English or he употребляется со следующими
(14) обстоятельствами времени:
........................ (not want) to talk to me”, I think. always, usually, often, seldom,
He (15) ........................ (look) like a Frenchman. never, sometimes, every day.
I (16) ........................ (like) the man. He is nice.
“(17) ........................ he ........................ (like) me?
(18) Вопросительная форма:
........................ he ........................ (think) I’m nice?” перед подлежащим ставятся вспо-
I (19) ........................ (want) to introduce myself. могательные глаголы
I (20) ........................ (learn) some French words. do (I, you, we, they)
does (he, she, it),
I (21) ........................ (put on) my best jogging suit. It is смысловой глагол в базовой форме
sunny and warm. I (22) ........................ (know) 50 French стоит после подлежащего.
words. I (23) ........................ (see) him… Oh, a beautiful  Does he work? Do you play?
girl is sitting next to him. В отрицательном предложении
do/does + not  don’t/doesn’t
ставятся перед глаголом в базовой
форме
 I don’t like oranges.
 My brother doesn’t play tennis.

Краткий положительный и отри-


цательный ответ:
Yes, I/we do. / No, I/we don’t.
Yes, he does. / No, he
doesn’t.

45 Unit 3
GENERAL QUESTION WORD ORDER
QUESTION WORDS ПОРЯДОК СЛОВ ОБЩЕГО ВОПРОСА
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ СЛОВА General Question – это вопрос, который требует ответа ДА/НЕТ.
(ставятся перед DO/DOES) Do/Does + Подлежащее + Сказуемое + Второстепенные члены
WHO – кто? Кто/ что? что делает?
WHAT – что/ какой?  He never asks me about my family life.
WHERE – где?  Does he ask you about your family life?
WHEN – когда?
WHY – почему?
HOW – как? LEARN THE VERBS

MEMORY BOX
HOW MANY/MUCH – сколько?
WHOSE? – чей? discuss – обсуждать
 What does your friend tell – рассказывать
usually tell you? ask – спрашивать
 Why don’t people ask share – делиться
about money? wish – (по)желать
want – хотеть
congratulate (on) – поздравлять

3.3 Starting a Conversation


5 Ex 12. Read the text. The words in the Memory Box will help you understand the
meaning. Complete the sentences, decide where the phrases (A–H) go into the
text. There is one extra phrase you don’t need to use. Listen and check your answers.
Прочтите текст. Слова в Memory Box помогут вам понять смысл. Закончите
предложения, вставьте фразы (A–H ) в соответствующее место в тексте.
В списке есть одна лишняя фраза. Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

Hello and Good-Bye

A. the economy, inflation, the high cost of living. E. about his work
B. with a greeting F. “How much was it?”
C. the amount of money they got or spent. G. illnesses, family problems, or deaths
D. is optimistic H. good luck (удача)

When Americans meet their friends they always begin their conversation (1) £
and then ask about
the friend’s health, family, and job. Most of the time the conversation (2)
£
. Even conversations about
sad events (события) such as (3) £ usually end in a hopeful way. People discuss special family
events such as marriages, births, new jobs, and new houses. One friend will usually wish the other
£
(4)
or offer congratulations. There are special rules (правила) аbout the discussion of money.
Friends like to share good news about buying a house or a car. But they seldom discuss (5) . £
A friend might tell you how much the thing cost, but it is not polite to ask, (6)
£. However (однако),
friends often discuss financial topics: (7) £.

46
SUBJECT and OBJECT PRONOUNS
ЛИЧНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ В ИМЕНИТЕЛЬНОМ и КОСВЕННОМ ПАДЕЖАХ
(ему, её, о них)
Subject Object
I I like Mary. Mary likes me. ME
WE We meet Paul. Paul meets us. US
YOU You know Peter. Peter knows you. YOU
HE He speaks to Ann. Ann speaks to him. HIM
SHE She smiles at Mike. Mike smiles at her. HER
THEY They greet Nick. Nick greets them. THEM

Ex 13. Rewrite the sentences using pronouns instead of the words in bold type (for my sister 
for her).
Внесите в предложения некоторые изменения: замените слова, написанные
жирным шрифтом, на соответствующие местоимения.

1. Jane’s friend Vladimir often tells Jane ... her ... about his problems at work, and she tells
Vladimir ............... about her daughter. 2. When friends come over I usually show the friends
............... my garden. 3. When we (my sister and me) come over, our grandmother always gives
my sister and me ............... fruit and sweets. 4. Ivan is my best friend, sometimes I discuss my
problems with Ivan ............... . 5. Thomas studies in the USA, his American friends help Thomas
............... understand the American way of life. 6. When our children take exams, we always wish
our children ............... good luck.

Ex 14. Fill in the right pronouns from the list below. There are five pronouns you don’t need to use.
Вставьте соответствующие местоимения из данного ниже списка. В списке пять
лишних местоимений.

he/she  we  me  his  us  them  my  him/her  our


their  you  they  your  it

PERSONALS.COM

There are thousands of people from 233 countries
in (1) ................ Internet site. Look at (2) ................
photos, read their stories and choose one of
(3)
................ . You can chat with (4) ................ new
friend round the clock (24 hours). Send (5) ................ I write to Helen and (7) ................ answers
a message and your photo. (6) ................ is looking (8)
................ e-mails. She is the right girl
forward to your e-mail. for (9) ................ .

47 Unit 3
6 Reader’s Corner
Listen to the story first and then read it.
Прослушайте рассказ, затем прочтите его.

While the Auto Waits


by O. Henry
(adapted)

The girl in grey comes to that small park every day. Her simple dress fits1 her perfectly. The girl is
slim and very beautiful.
The young man also comes to the park every day. He is eager2 to get acquainted with the girl but
he doesn’t know how to introduce himself.
The girl usually sits on a bench reading a book. She sees the man who also comes to that corner
of the park. One day when she sees him she drops the book. The man picks it up and returns the
book to the girl. He has a common face and looks3 a very ordinary man.
“Do you know that you are the most attractive girl I’ve ever seen?” he says.
But the girl interrupts4 him. “Whoever you are,” she says in an icy tone, “you must remember that I
am a lady.”
“I beg your pardon,” pleads the young man.
They start speaking about the people who are
passing by.
“I come here because it’s the only place5 where I
can be among simple people. I am very rich, I am
tired of money. I am sick of pleasure, of parties, of
travel, of society”, says the girl.
The young man looks at her with interest.
“You don’t seem6 to be a rich man. It is such a
comfort to speak with a man unspoiled7 by money.
By the way8 what is your profession?” she asks.
The young man hesitates9 for a moment. “I am a cashier in ...” – he looks at the brilliant electric
sign “RESTAURANT” across the street – “I am a cashier in that restaurant you see there.”
The girl looks at her watch and rises hurriedly.
“Why aren’t you working then?” she asks.
“I’m working at night today,” says the young man. “May I hope to see you again?”
“I do not know. Perhaps.10 But now I must go quickly. There is a dinner, and the theatre – and, oh!
I am so tired of all these things. Perhaps you noticed the white automobile, which is waiting for
me at the entrance. I always come in that.”
“May I accompany you to the auto? It is dark now,” says the young man.

48
“No, thank you. You mustn’t do that. I don’t want my driver Pierre to see you.” And she goes away.
The young man looks at her elegant figure and then goes after her. The girl is passing the white
auto and quickly enters the restaurant with the brilliant electric sign. She takes the cashier’s place.
The young man smiles and walks slowly back. He gets in the white automobile and says two words
to the driver:
“Club, Henry.”

Notes:
1
сидеть (о платье)
2
eму не терпится
3
выглядеть
4
прерывать
5
единственное место
6
казаться
7
не испорчен
8
между прочим
9
колебаться
10
возможно

Ex 15. Put the words in the correct order to form a question. Give a full answer.
Составьте вопрос из данных ниже слов и дайте развернутый ответ.

1. the girl / is / beautiful? ... Is the girl beautiful? ...


2. the girl / does / to the park /come / sometimes? ................................................................
4. a young man / come / why / to the park / does? ................................................................
3. the young man / like / does / the girl? .................................................................................
5. the girl / nice / is /to him? ..................................................................................................
6. she / what / tell / does / about herself / him? ........................................................................
7. he / what / tell / does / about himself/ does / the girl? ............................................................
8. the girl / what / in reality / is? ............................................................................................
9. an auto / she / have / does / really? ..................................................................................
10. auto / is / whose / it? .........................................................................................................
11. the girl / why / tell a lie (обманывать) / does? ....................................................................

Ex 16. Fill in prepositions where necessary.


Вставьте предлоги, где это необходимо.

1. The girl ...... grey comes ...... the park every day. 2. He is eager to get acquainted ...... the girl.
3. She sits ...... a bench. 4. She interrupts him ...... an icy tone. 5. I’m tired ...... money, ...... travel,
...... pleasure. 6. The white automobile is waiting ...... me ...... the entrance. 7. I want to accompany
you ...... the auto. 8. He gets ...... the auto and says ...... his driver to go ...... his club.

49 Unit 3
Ex 17. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Переведите предложения с русского языка на английский.

1. Красивая девушка приходит в парк каждый день. 2. Она сидит на скамейке и читает, но
она замечает молодого человека. 3. Он тоже приходит в парк каждый день. 4. Ему нравится
эта красивая девушка, и он хочет познакомиться с ней. 5. Но девушка разговаривает с ним
ледяным тоном. 6. Она очень богата и очень занята. 7. Она устала от званых вечеров,
путешествий, театра. 8. Молодой человек очень простой и работает в ресторане. 9. У ворот
парка её ждёт белый автомобиль. 10. Девушка уходит (leave). 11. Она входит в ресторан и
садится на место кассира, а молодой человек садится в белый автомобиль и едет в свой
клуб.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

Ex 18. Guided summary. Retell the story using the “gap” plan.
Перескажите рассказ, используя данный схематический план.

A beautiful girl comes to ....................................


A young man comes to .................................... because he wants to .................................... .
He looks very ....................................
One day the girl is sitting ....................................
The man picks up .................................... and starts ....................................
The girl tells him that ....................................
She comes to the park because she ....................................
She asks the man where he ....................................
The young man tells her that he works at ....................................
The girl is going to leave. She tells the young man that ....................................
The man follows her and sees ....................................
He gets into ....................................
FAMILY and FRIENDS 4
In time of test, family is best.
В минуту испытаний, семья рядом.

You choose your friends, your family


is thrust on you.
Семью не выбирают.
(proverbs)

4.1 Family
FAMILY

children relatives/relations dynasty/clan

They got married and The nearest and dearest people He comes from a good/
started a family. (parents, grandparents, sister, respected family.
(= have children) brother, aunt, uncle)

family – семья, дети


MEMORY BOX

relatives/relations – родственники
be married – быть замужем/жена-
тым (статус)
get married – выйти замуж/же-
ниться (изменить статус)
marry smb – выйти замуж/же-
ниться
get divorced – развестись
divorce – развод
near – близкий
dear – дорогой
respected – уважаемый

51
Ex 1. Listen to the text and then read it. parents – родители

MEMORY BOX
1
Say who is who in this family grandparents – дедушка и бабушка
according to the model. husband/wife – муж/жена
Прослушайте и прочтите текст, father/mother – отец/мать
children – дети
укажите родственные отноше-
son/daughter – сын/дочь
ния членов семьи по модели.
sister/brother – сестра/брат
mother-in-law – свекровь/тёща
A Family Gathering father-in-law – свёкор/тесть
aunt/uncle – тётя/дядя
It’s Sunday afternoon. The Morris family1 are having relatives/relations – родственники
lunch. Colin, the father, is sitting at the dinner table as his a close family – дружная семья
wife Lynn serves up the pie she has made. On Colin’s
right and left are his daughter Amy, who is studying at
university, and his son James, who goes to the local
school.
Halfway through the meal there is a knock at the door2 Grammar
and in come Colin’s parents, Edna and George. Colin
and Lynn ask them if they would like to have lunch with
the family and they readily agree. The more, the merrier!3 THE GENETIVE
Notes: ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ
1
the Morris family = the Morrises ИМЕН СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ
2
Посредине еды раздаётся стук в дверь.
3
Чем больше, тем веселее!
Существительное + ’s

Притяжательный падеж образу-


ется от одушевлённых имён су-
ществительных.
’s читается: xòz после звонких
согласных и гласных, xëz после
глухих, xáòz после -s, -z.
Oliver’s house Harriet’s dress
A boy’s ball An actress’s role
Dog’s food

При упоминании двух и более


имен, связанных союзом AND
’s ставится после последнего имени:
1. Colin / Lynn ... Colin is Lynn’s husband. ... Lynn and Colin’s children;
2. Amy and James / Lynn and Colin ............................ my mother and father’s house
3. Amy / Lynn and Colin ............................................ Существительные во множествен-
4. Amy / James ......................................................... ном числе с окончанием -s при-
5. Edna and George / Colin ........................................ нимают лишь апостроф (’) без -s:
Students’ books, teachers’ room
6. Edna / Lynn ...........................................................
7. George / Lynn ....................................................... BUT! men’s hats, women’s clothes,
people’s needs
8. Edna / Amy ..........................................................

52
Ex 2. Look at the family tree and fill in the right words in the sentences below.
Посмотрите на генеалогическое дерево и вставьте в предложения ниже пропу-
щенные слова.

1. Margaret: “This is Daniel, my ........................”.


2. Bill: “This is Daniel, my ........................”.
3. Oliver: “This is Margaret, my ........................”. Liz Oliver
4. Liz: “This is Oliver, my ........................”.
5. Alice: “My ........................ Liz is married and
my ........................ Oliver is single”.
6. Daniel: “My ........................ Bill is a taxi driver
and my ........................ Margaret is a
secretary”.
Margaret Bill
MEMORY BOX

cousine – двоюродный брат/


сестра
nephew – племянник
niece – племянница

Daniel Alice

Ex 3. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Лин – жена Колина. ... Lynn is Colin’s wife. ...


2. Джеймс – брат Эми. ....................................................................................................
3. Эдна – мать Колина. ....................................................................................................
4. Джордж – дедушка Джеймса. ......................................................................................
5. Дети Браунов очень хорошо учатся. ............................................................................
6. Мама моего друга – учительница. ................................................................................
7. Это день рождения моей мамы. На столе – подарки родственников.
....................................................................................................................................
8. Сестра моего друга Анна учится в моём классе (be smb’s classmate).
....................................................................................................................................
9. Сёстры и братья моих родителей часто навещают нас.
....................................................................................................................................
10. Дети моих тёти и дяди – мои двоюродные братья и сёстры. Они племянники и
племянницы моих родителей.
....................................................................................................................................

53 Unit 4
THE PRESENT SIMPLE and THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS

The Present Simple The Present Continuous


Обычное, регулярное, повторяющееся Длительное действие, процесс, проте-
КАК? действие, факт. кающий в определенный момент или
период времени.
глагол
be + -ing

usually, generally, always, never, often, now, at present, at the moment


КОГДА? seldom, every day, sometimes Listen ...; look; I see...; I hear...
Понятно из ситуации.

 The Browns always have lunch at  The Browns are having lunch at the
Примеры 1 o’clock on Sundays. moment.
 Colin often invites his parents to  Edna and George are smiling, they are
lunch on Sunday. happy to see the grandchildren.

Вопрос do/does/don’t/doesn’t Are the family sitting at the table now?


Do Colin’s parents come to lunch every day? Is Amy studying at university or college?
Does Amy study or work? The children aren’t doing their homework,
Amy doesn’t work, she studies at university. they are having lunch.

(см. Appendix 2 – Правила правописания глаголов при добавлении окончания -ing)

Ex 4. Look at picture A and say what the Browns usually do on Sunday mornings. Then look at
picture B and say what they are doing this Sunday morning. Use the prompts below.
Посмотрите на рисунок А и расскажите, что Бруаны обычно делают по воскресеньям.
Посмотрите на рисунок B и скажите, что Брауны делают в это воскресенье.

A B

Mrs Brown / cook; Mr Brown / read the the sun / shine; Mr Brown / wear a jacket; he /
newspaper; children / watch TV; have / a good take a photo of Mary; Tom / ride a bicycle;
time Mrs Brown / read a book; Mary / draw a picture
Usually, the Browns are at home on
...................................................................... This Sunday morning the Browns are in
......................................................................
Sunday morning.
...................................................................... the countryside. It’s a fine summer day.
......................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................

54
Ex 5. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Сейчас 7 часов вечера. Семья обедает. Они всегда обедают в это время. 2. Моя бабушка
часто читает нам сказки (fairy-tail) перед сном (go to bed). Сейчас 10 часов вечера, и я слышу,
что (hear that) она читает сказку моей сестре. 3. Моя мама – дизайнер. Она много работает.
Сейчас уже (already) поздно, а она всё ещё (still) работает. 4. Моя тётя – врач. Сегодня она не
работает, она дома, она читает книгу. 5. Мой брат – студент. Он учится в колледже. Сейчас
он делает домашнее задание. 6. А это наш кот. Он спит. Он всегда спит на диване (sofa).
......................................................................

ë
......................................................................
NOTE
......................................................................
1. Запомните следующие словосочетания,
...................................................................... в которых артикль не употребляется:
...................................................................... аt ☺ school/college/university
...................................................................... аt ☺ home
аt ☺ work
......................................................................
...................................................................... 2. Английские существительные типа:
family, team, crew, group, class, army, etc
могут иметь форму единственного и
множественного числа.
Ex 6. There are nine grammar mistakes in В первом случае они обозначают группу
these sentences. Find the mistakes and людей или предметов как единое целое,
во втором – всех членов данной группы.
correct them.
The family is big. It’s Sunday morning, the
В этих предложениях сделано девять family are working in the garden.
грамматических ошибок, найдите и
исправьте их.

1. His father watches TV at the moment. ..............................................................................


2. My mother doesn’t watching TV now, she is cooks dinner. ................................................
3. My grandfather sits in front of the TV set, but he doesn’t watch, he is sleeping. ......................
4. My sister walks the dog at the moment, she always is waking the dog at 9 p.m. ....................
5. I’m not doing anything, I just watch what my family are do. ................................................

2
Ex 7. Read the beginning of the fairy-tail and fill in the spaces with the missing words
from ex 1 and the Memory Box. Listen and check your answers.
Прочтите начало этой сказки. Используя Memory box и упр. 1, вставьте про-
пущенные слова. Прослушайте полный текст и проверьте свои ответы.

Cinderella

Once upon a time... there lived an unhappy young girl. Unhappy she was, because her
(1)
..................... was dead, her father had (2) ..................... another woman, a (3) .....................
with two (4) ..................... . Her (5) ..................... didn’t like her one little bit (нисколько). All the

55 Unit 4
nice things, kind thoughts were for her own

MEMORY BOX
(собственный) (6) ..................... . And not just stepmother – приемная мать (мачеха)
the kind thoughts and love, but also dresses, stepfather – приемный отец (отчим)
shoes, delicious food, comfortable bed. All stepsister/stepbrother – сводный брат/
this was only for her daughters. But, for the сводная сестра
widow/widower – вдова/вдовец
poor unhappy girl, there was nothing at all
only her (7) ..................... hand-me-downs
(принеси да подай). No lovely dishes, nothing
but scraps (остатки). She had to work hard all day, and only when
evening came was she allowed to sit for a while by the fire,
near the cinders (зола). That is how she got her nickname, for
everybody called her Cinderella. Cinderella used to spend long
hours all alone talking to the cat. The cat said,
“Miaow”, which really meant, “Cheer up! You have something
neither of your (8) ..................... have and that is beauty.”
It was quite true (правда). Cinderella, even dressed in rags
(лохмотья) with a dirty face from the cinders, was a lovely girl.
While her (9) ..................... , even in their splendid and elegant
clothes, were still clumsy (неуклюжий) and ugly (уродливый)
and always would be.

Ex 8. Complete the chart. Find in the text of ex 7 regular and irregular verbs, put them in the
Past Simple Tense. Write the base form of the irregular verbs.
Найдите в тексте упр. 7 правильные и неправильные глаголы, образуйте про-
шедшее время и внесите их в табличку. Укажите начальную форму неправильных
глаголов.

Regular verbs Irregular verbs The base form


lived came come
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

56
THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE

Правильные глаголы + -ed


The Past Simple
Неправильные глаголы (см. Appendix 3)

The Past Simple Tense используется в рассказах о прошлых событиях, хрониках, воспоминаниях.
Эта форма глагола чаще всего употребляется с такими обстоятельствами времени как: yesterday,
last week/year/month, etc, 5 days ago, in 1994, when I was a student...
 They left a few minutes ago.
 I saw him at the library yesterday.
 We lived in Samara when I was a small boy. ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФОРМА
В PAST SIMPLE
Перед подлежащим ставится вспомо-
гательный глагол did, смысловой гла-
гол, стоящий после подлежащего,
употребляется в начальной форме.
Ex 9. A. Use the verbs in brackets in the Past  Where did Cinderella’s family live?
Simple to complete the sentences.  Why did they call the girl Cinderella?
Завершите предложения. Поставь-
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНАЯ ФОРМА
те глаголы в скобках в Past Simple.
Did not  didn’t + глагол в начальной
форме: didn’t go, didn’t speak.
The Wilmots (be) (1) .................. an English family.
 Cinderella didn’t go to the ball with
They (live) (2) .................. in London. Mr Wilmot her sisters. She didn’t have a
(work) (3) .................. in an office and the mother, beautiful dress.
Mrs Wilmot, (not/work) (4) .................. , she (look)
(5) Глагол be в Past Simple  was (ед.ч.),
.................. after the house and the children. were (мн.ч.)
There (be) (6) .................. three children in the  Cinderella was a beautiful girl. Her
family: two sons, Aidan, who (be) (7) .................. step-sisters were ugly.
thirteen years old and Roy, who was ten, and a (см. Appendix 2 – Правила правопи-
daughter Harriet, she was twelve. сания глаголов при добавлении
окончания -ed)
The children (go) (8) .................. to school in
London. They also (take) (9) .................. music and
singing lessons. They (like) (10) .................. their lessons, but
(not/like) (11) .................. music and singing.
One day the father (get) (12) .................. a letter from Australia
saying that Mr Wilmot’s uncle (die) (13) .................. . He
(leave) (14) .................. his house and farm to Mr Wilmot, his
nephew. Mr Wilmot (decide) (15) .................. to go to
Australia. The children (not/want) (16) .................. to go, they
(love) (17) .................. their school and their friends in
England.
(after Eleanor Spence)

57 Unit 4
В. Using the prompts, complete the questions to the text above.
Составьте вопросы к тексту упражнения, используя предложенные слова.

1. The Wilmots / live / where? ... Where did the Wilmots live? ...
2. Mrs Wilmot / work? ......................................................................................................
3. How many children / have / the Wilmots? ........................................................................
4. How old / the children? ..................................................................................................
5. The children / go to school? ..........................................................................................
6. The children / like music lessons? ..................................................................................
7. What letter / the father / get? ........................................................................................
8. Why / Mr Wilmot / to go to Australia / decide? ................................................................

3 Listening
Listen to the dialogue and sign the photos.
Прослушайте диалог и напишите, кто изображен на этих фотографиях.

2. .............................................

1. ........................................

4. ......................................

3. ................................... 5. ....................................

58
Ex 10. Fill in the gaps in these sentences with the words from the list below.
Заполните пропуски словами из данного ниже списка.

son  fell in love  divorce (x2)  marry  family  loved  daughter  married  happy

Twelve years passed and Soams decided to get a (1) ............... . He soon (2) ............... again and
had a (3) ............... whom he named Fleur. Young Jolyon, who was no longer young then, helped
Irene to go through (пройти через) the (4) ............... . They liked each other, and, when Irene was
free, Jolyon asked her to (5) ............... him. He (6) ............... her and Irene was (7) ............... in her
new (8) ............... . They had a (9) ............... Jon. When Fleur and Jon were about nineteen, they
met by chance (случайно) in a Picture Gallery and (10) ............... .
(after John Galsworthy “To Let”)

4 Reader’s Corner
Listen to the dialogue first and then read it.
Прослушайте диалог, а затем прочтите его.

Will You Marry Me?

Jill answered the phone. It was Jack.


“Jill, will you marry me next week?”
“What?”
Jack repeated his question.
“Of course not,” she replied. She wondered (хотеть знать) why he was
asking her that question. They had already agreed that when people get
married, they immediately start to take each other for granted (принимать как
должное). They don’t do the “little things” like opening the car door or holding hands. They get
too comfortable. They treat (обращаться с) their partner like an old shoe. And eventually, they
get bored with each other and get divorced.
“We already agreed that we don’t want to get married because we don’t want to get divorced.”
Jack agreed. But he thought they were special. They were different from other
couples (пара). They loved each other too much to end up in a divorce.
“Yes, that may be true. But still, why next week? Why can’t we think about
it for another year or two?”
“Because I had two dreams (сон) the last two nights. In both dreams,
you left me for another man. In fact, you left me for two different men.
I want to get married now so I don’t have these dreams anymore.”
“Hmm. What did these men look like?”

59 Unit 4
Ex 11. Read the dialogue again and choose the right answer (a–c) to the questions (1–4).
Прочтите диалог ещё раз и выберите правильный ответ (a–c) на вопросы (1–4).

1. What did Jack ask Jill?


a) He asked if Jill would marry him.
b) He asked if Jill would marry him next week.
c) He asked if Jill was going to get married.

2. What did the young people think about marriage?


a) When people get married, they immediately start quarreling.
b) When people get married, they are happy.
c) When people get married, they get bored with each other very quickly.

3. Why didn’t Jill want to marry Jack?


a) Because she didn’t want to divorce Jack some years later.
b) Because she didn’t like him.
c) Because she needed time to finish her studies.

4. Why did Jack ask Jill to marry him so soon?


a) He was going away.
b) He loved her too much to wait.
c) He had a dream that Jill left him for another man.

1 2 3 4

Ex 12. Fill in prepositions where necessary.


Вставьте предлоги, где это необходимо.

1. Jill answered (1) ............. the phone. 2. Jill didn’t want to marry (2) ............. Jack. 3. Jill wanted
to think (3) ............. it for a year or two. 4. They were affraid that after some years they would treat
(4)
............. each other (5) ............. an old shoe. 5. Jack said: “I’d never divorce (6) ............. you.”
6. In Jack’s dream Jill left him (7) ............. another man.

60
4.2 Friends

A friend in need is a friend indeed.


Друзья познаются в беде.
(proverb)

Ex 13. Complete the sentences: decide where the phrases (A–F) go into the text. There is one
extra phrase you don’t need to use.
Закончите предложения, вставьте фразы (A–F) в соответствующее место в тексте.
В списке есть одна лишняя фраза.

A. shared interests or activity D. they are my


B. jokes, hobbies E. help and support
C. a group of close friends F. and like well

A friend is a person you know (1) £ . How do we choose


£ LEARN THE VERBS
MEMORY BOX

our friends? Most friendships begin with (2) . We like


people who think and feel like we. Many people say they choose (chose) – выбирать
have (3) £ , not just one or two best friends. Having a share – делить, делиться
group of people who can (4) £ us seems more secure trust – доверять
(надежным). Friends share problems, (5) £ gossip
Mary always shares sweets
(сплетни). This is all what people need and long for with her friend Alice.
(стремиться). Our family shares the house
with my father’s brother.
The children share my interest
in classical music.

Ex 14. Match the words in column A with their definitions in column B. Draw a line to connect them.
В колонке A найдите определение к словам в колонке B. Соедините их линиями.

A B
1. A close friend a. people in your class
2. The best friend b. a person you share your room with (who is

3. Classmates  not your family member)


c. someone you like and trust
4. Colleagues d. the one you feel closest to
5. Roommate e. people you work with

61 Unit 4
Ex 15. Find word partnerships. Fill in the “bubbles” with the words from the box. Sometimes
one word can be used twice. Translate the phrases you’ve got.
Составьте словосочетания. Внесите в «пузырьки» данные ниже слова. В некоторых
случаях одно слово может использоваться дважды. Переведите полученные
словосочетания.

large  good  best  happy  false  close  old  faithful

FRIEND

FAMILY
faithful

верный/
преданный друг

5 Reader’s Corner
Listen and then read the essay. Do you agree with the author? In the text underline the words
proving your point.
Прослушайте, а потом прочтите это эссе. Вы согласны с автором? Подчеркните в тексте
слова, которые могли бы подтвердить вашу точку зрения.

People often ask why I have a variety of friends who are all different in character. They wonder
(интересоваться) how I get on (ладить) with them all.
I think that each one helps bring out (выявить) a “different” part of me. With one of them I am a
polite, good guy (AmE: парень).

62
I joke with one friend and talk about serious
circle of friends – круг друзей

MEMORY BOX
matters with another. I have my wine with
be friends (with) – дружить (с)
some of my friends and play football with make friends (with) – подружиться
other friends. quarrel/fall out (with) – поссориться (с)
My friends understand me better than I do, make it up (with) – помириться
support – поддерживать
they support me through good and bad days.
rely on – полагаться (на)
I listen to their problems and give advice and give advice – давать совет(ы)
my friends listen to me when I need it.
NB! Слово advice не употребляется
They are all like pieces of a puzzle. When во множественном числе.
completed they form a wonderful picture.
Doctors say that a circle of friends is often better for our health than some medicine. Doctor Oz
calls them Vitamins F (from Friends). If you take Vitamin F constantly you look and feel much
younger.
I am so happy that I have a stock (запас) of Vitamins F!

THE VERB “TO HAVE”


POSITIVE FORM NEGATIVE FORM QUESTION
I/you/we/they have got I/you/we/they haven’t got Have you got grandparents?
she/he/it has got she/he/it hasn’t got Has he got a family?

Значение «иметь» передаётся в английском языке двумя способами:


Have got – британский вариант; have – американский английский.
В американском варианте глагол have образует вопросы и отрицательные формы с помощью
вспомогательных глаголов do/does/did/don’t/doesn’t/didn’t (как и все остальные глаголы).
 They have got three children. = They have three children.
 Jim hasn’t got a brother. = Jim doesn’t have a brother.
 Has Jim got a sister? = Does Jim have a sister?
 How many aunts have you got? = How many aunts do you have?
Глагол have в Past Simple – имеет только одну форму – had:
 We had a nice party yesterday. Why didn’t you come?

63 Unit 4
Ex 16. Make questions, using the prompts below. Answer the questions.
С помощью данных ниже слов составьте вопросы и ответьте на них.

a circle of friends ... Have you got a circle of friends? ...


the best friend ........................................................................................... ?
1. You / have a girlfriend ................................................................................................. ?
a roommate ............................................................................................... ?
a stock of Vitamins F .................................................................................. ?

2. How many / you / have / colleagues .............................................................................. ?

reliable people ... Are they reliable people? ...


3. they / be different in character .................................................................................. ?
a nice company ......................................................................................... ?

Ex 17. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Андрей и Валентин – мои близкие друзья. Я подружился с ними в школе. 2. Они верные
друзья. Я всегда могу (can) на них положиться. 3. Мы закончили школу много лет назад, но
мы всё ещё (still) дружим. Они всегда помогают мне и поддерживают меня. 4. Когда мы
учились в школе, мы иногда ссорились, но быстро мирились. 5. А кто твой самый лучший
друг? – Это, конечно, Иван. Я разделяю с ним интерес к (to) нашей работе и спорту. Я
делюсь с ним моими проблемами и он часто даёт мне хорошие советы. 6. Я надеюсь (hope),
что у меня нет неверных друзей. 7. Мои старые близкие друзья всегда приходят на мой
день рождения.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
REVISION 1
(UNITS 1–4)

1 Ex 1. Read the words. Now listen and read them again, correct your mistakes, if any.
Прочтите эти слова. Прослушайте и прочтите ещё раз, исправив свои
ошибки.

Face, large, slice, stamp, sick, cycle, pyramid, long, quick, south, wander, sharp, quarter, teeth,
those, engage, tune, cup, germ, birch, alone, ground, smile, cry, switch, purple, click, style,
swing, speech.

Ex 2. Write these numbers in the boxes.


Впишите в рамки указанные числительные.

1. £££££££££
Weeks in a year =
2. ££££££££££
Days in March =
3. 6x7= £££££££££
4. £££££
Days in a week =
5. ££££££££££
13 + 8 =
6. £££££
Seconds in a minute =
7. £££££££
Centimeters in a meter = a

Ex 3. Match the phrases in column A with those in column B. Draw a line to connect them.
В колонке A найдите фразы, соответствующие фразам в колонке B. Соедините их
линией.

A B
1. Let me introduce myself. a. I was named after my grandmother.
2.
3.
Richard, meet my sister Olga.
My name is Sarah.
 b.
c.
Where are you from?
Right, it’s 30 0C now.
4. Our daughter is 14. d. I’m Thomas Stevenson.
5. How are you? e. Yes, he is the one I feel closest to.
6. Grania is from Italy. f. Do you like your stepfather?
7. It’s very hot today. g. She is under age then.
8. My mother’s got married again after the divorce. h. Hi! Glad to meet you.
9. Is John your best friend? i. Not bad, thank you.

65
Ex 4. Fill in the missing words in the sentences and do the crossword puzzle. Read the 13th
word.
Решите кроссворд, вставив в предложения соответствующие слова. Прочтите
получившееся тринадцатое слово.

1 13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1. Women don’t like when people ask them about their ............................ .
2. My brother isn’t married, he is ............................ . His children live with his ex-wife.
3. In Germany when people meet or say “Good-bye”, they ............................ hands.
4. My mother’s sister is my ............................ .
5. Our son was born in August, his ............................ is on the 5th of August.
6. Cinderella’s ............................ was a wicked woman.
7. Every mother wants her daughter to get ............................ and have a nice family.
8. My friend wants to get acquainted with my sister, so I ............................ him to her.
9. ............................ is the colour of the Sun, it is a warm colour, it makes people happy.
10. If you are married, you have a ............................ or wife.
11. He was born in Holland, he speaks ............................ .
12. They have two children, a boy Ron and a girl Anna, so Ron has a ............................ .
13. My parents’ parents are my ............................ .

Ex 5. Read the interview with Ann. Can you guess the questions?
Прочтите интервью с Энн. Вы можете догадаться, какие вопросы были ей заданы.

1. ... What is your name? ... Ann.


2. ................................................... I’m eighteen.
3. ................................................... No, I don’t. I’ve just left school.
4. ................................................... In Washington.

66
5. ................................................... No, I live with my uncle.
6. ................................................... I listen to pop music, read books and watch TV.
7. ................................................... Yes, his name is Jimmy.

Ex 6. Review of tenses. Fill in the correct tense. Look for signal words for the Present or Past
Simple and the Present Continuous.
Вставьте в предложения глаголы в соответствующем времени. Обратите внимание
на «сигнальные слова» для the Present or Past Simple and the Present Continuous.

1. What ................. your mother (do) ................. now? – She (cook) ................. dinner.
– ................. she (cook) ................. dinner every day? – Mother (cook) ................. a
marvelous dinner last Sunday. We (have) ................. my elder brother’s family for dinner.
2. I (meet) ................. my friend yesterday. It (be) ................. Saturday. We (meet) .................
every Saturday at the Sport Club.
3. Usually I (write) ................. a letter to my parents once a week, on Sunday. It’s Sunday and I
(sit) ................. at my computer writing a letter. I (not/write) ................. a letter to my parents
last Sunday, I (visit) ................. them instead (вместо этого).
4. Don’t make noise (шум)! Father (work) ................. . – ................. he (work) ................. at
home? – Sometimes he (bring) ................. work home and (work) ................. in the evening.
5. Where ................. you ( live) ................. ? – I (live) ................. in Boston, but now I (live and
work) ................. in New York, we (open) ................. a new shop there at the moment.
6. My mother (be) ................. a doctor, but she (love) ................. gardening. She (work)
................. in her little garden every evening. When she (work) ................. in her garden,
she (have a rest) ................. from her work. Last Saturday she (not/work) ................. in the
garden, we (go) ................. to visit the grandparents. They (live) ................. in a small village.

Ex 7. Use the prompts to make sentences.


Составьте предложения, используя данные слова-подсказки.

1. Tony / married. ............................................................................................................


2. His wife’s name? ..........................................................................................................
3. He / children? ..............................................................................................................
4. How many children / he / have? ....................................................................................
5. Daughters / or sons / have? ..........................................................................................
6. A daughter / two sons. ..................................................................................................
7. Tony / last Sunday / his friend / visit. ..............................................................................
8. It / his friend’s birthday. ................................................................................................
9. Go / Tony’s family / with him / go? ..................................................................................
5 DESCRIBING PEOPLE and THINGS

Beauty is but skin-deep.


Красота приглядится, а ум пригодится.
(proverb)

5.1 Describing People

1 Listening
Listen to Kate and Mary talking about Bob’s sister. Complete the sentences below with the words
from the dialogue. Then listen again to check your answers.
Кейт и Мэри говорят о сестре Боба. Заполните пропуски словами из прослушанного
диалога. Прослушайте диалог еще раз и проверьте свои ответы.

KATE: Mary, have you seen (1) ....................... ?


MARY: No, I haven’t. Have you? Is (2) ............ ........... ?
KATE: I’ve (3) ............ ........... several times.
MARY: If she is (4) ....................... her brother, she must be (5) ....................... . Bob is
(6)
....................... , isn’t he? What does she
(7)
........... ............ ?
APPEARANCE –
MEMORY BOX

внешность 2

What does look (like) – выглядеть


she look like? good-looking – интересный
nice – миловидный
pretty – хорошенькая
beautiful – красивая (жен.)
handsome – красивый (муж.)
plain – заурядный
ugly – уродливый
old – старый
young – молодой
middle-aged – пожилой

68
3
Ex 1. Listen to the story and then read it. Complete
the Memory Box with the adjectives describing
people.
Прослушайте и прочтите рассказ. Заполните
пропуски в Memory Box прилагательными,
описывающими людей.

“There is a letter for you,” called the mother. “I’ve


put it on the table.” Amanda ran down the stairs,
opened the envelope and found to her delight FIGURE

MEMORY BOX
(восторг) an invitation. “Hooray! I’ve been invited ....................... – высокий
to James’s twenty-first birthday party,” she cried. short – маленького роста
There was a pause. “What am I going to wear ....................... – широкоплечий
(надеть)?” plump – пухленькая
fat (overweight) – толстый
“You’ve got plenty of clothes, dear,” replied her thin – худой
mother, calmly having her tea.
PERSONALITY –
“There is absolutely nothing suitable (подходящий) for личность, характер
James’s party,” Amanda replied. “It’ll be very smart.”
....................... – добрый
“What is James like?” asked her mother nervously. friendly – дружелюбный
cheerful – весёлый
“He’s six-foot tall, broad-shouldered with blond hair, calm – спокойный
huge brown eyes and a wonderful smile,” replied ....................... – надёжный
Amanda. ....................... – трудолюбивый
brave – смелый
Her mother sighed (вздыхать), “I mean what is his
strong – сильный
personality like? Is he hard-working, trustworthy, kind
....................... – эгоистичный
and clever, or is he selfish, and mean?” ....................... – подлый, нечестный

4
Ex 2. Translate the adjectives in the list below. Find their opposites in the right column.
Listen and check your answers.
Переведите прилагательные в данном ниже списке, в правой колонке
подберите к ним прилагательные с противоположным значением.
Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

1. Nervous – ... нервный ..., 2. wicked ..................... ,


...calm... .....................
3. trustworthy ..................... , 4. cowardly ..................... , strong  сalm  kind
..................... ..................... cheerful  mean  fat
5. weak ..................... , 6. bore ..................... , brave  selfish
..................... .....................
7. slender ..................... , 8. lazy ..................... .
..................... .....................

69 Unit 5
Would you like
to make
an appointment?
Beauty Salon Yes, thank you, for
6 p.m., please. I’d like
to colour my hair.

hairdresser

HAIR – волосы
Ex 3.

MEMORY BOX
Read the text and say which one is Susan. Tick 5
() the picture. Underline in the text Susan’s long – длинные
word portrait to prove your choice. short – короткие
thick – густые
Прочтите текст и отметьте рисунок, на
thin – редкие
котором изображена Сьюзен. Чтобы до- straight – прямые
казать правильность выбора, подчеркните curly – кудрявые
в тексте словесный портрет Сьюзен. dark – тёмные
fair – светлые
Hair colour blond – блондинка/белокурый
red-haired (man) – рыжий
Susan had long thick wavy hair but she didn’t like the grey – седые
turn grey – седеть
colour. Her hair was changing colour. It used to be all black.
match – подходить (по цвету/
But now it was turning grey. She didn’t like the grey hair.
стилю)
Grey hair made her look older. She didn’t want to look
older. She made an appointment with the beauty salon. A
week later, she went to the beauty salon. The hairdresser colored Susan’s hair. She added a little
bit of red colour to Susan’s hair. When the hairdresser finished, Susan looked at her hair. She liked
it. She couldn’t see any grey hair. All she could see was black hair with a little bit of red tint
(оттенок). The red tint looked nice. It matched her green eyes. Susan hoped her boyfriend would
like it.

1. £ 2. £ 3. £
70
Ex 4. Translate the dialogues from Russian into English.
Переведите диалоги на английский язык.

А
– Кто из этих девушек Энн Браун? ... Which of the? ...
– Самая высокая. ..............................................................................................................
– Это девушка с кудрявыми волосами? ...............................................................................
– Да, правильно. ... Yes, that’s right. ...
– Спасибо. ........................................................................................................................

В
– Петя, когда ты был в университете, кто-то (somebody) приходил к (call on) тебе.
......................................................................................................................................
– Я его знаю? ......................................................................................................................
– Конечно, кто-то высокий и стройный с большими голубыми глазами и тёмными
волосами.
......................................................................................................................................
– Это Нелли? .......................................................................................................................
– Нет, попробуй ещё раз. ... No, try again. ...

Grammar
DEGREES OF COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ

Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная


степень степень степнь

Односложные, +er + est


двусложные
big bigger biggest
nice nicer nicest
pretty prettier prettiest

Многосложные + more/less + most


beautiful more beautiful most beautiful

«Неправильные» формы, good better best


которые следует запомнить bad worse worst

 Steve is taller than his father.


 You ask Ann; you know her better.
 Kate Middleton was the most beautiful bride (невеста).
(см. Appendix 2)

71 Unit 5
SPELLING RULES
ПРАВИЛА ПРАВОПИСАНИЯ
При образовании степеней сравнения (добавлением суффиксов -еr; -est):
1. у таких прилагательных, как hot, big, fat, sad, wet; etc. (1 гласный + 1 согласный), удваивается
конечный согласный:
hot – hotter – the hottest
2. у таких прилагательных, как nice, fine, large, late, safe прибавляется -r, -st:
nice – nicer – the nicest
3. в таких прилагательных, как busy (-у после согласного) переходит в -i:
busy – busier – the busiest

ë
NOTE
1. Than – чем
Ex 5. Read the dialogue. Translate the words 2. Less – менее
in brackets. 3. as…as – такой же как
Прочтите диалог. Переведите слова 4. Перед прилагательным в превосходной
степени + существительное используется
в скобках.
определенный артикль – the.

A: Is your family large?


B: Yes, our family is quite a big one. There are eight of us. (У меня две сестры и три брата)
(1)
................................................................... .
A: Are your sisters (такие же симпатичные как ты) (2) ...............................................
.................................................. ?
B: Oh, they are both (симпатичнее, чем я) (3) ................................................................... .
Ruth is (самая симпатичная девушка) (4) ................................................................ I know.
У моих сестёр длинные светлые волосы, (5) ...................................................................
but Ruth’s hair is (длиннее и светлее, чем ) (6) ...................................................................
Margaret’s. Margaret is (полнее, чем Ruth) (7) .................................................................. .
She doesn’t like you to say she is (толстая) (8) ..................................................; and we all
tell her she will get (худее) (9) ....................................................... when she gets (старше)
(10)
................................................................... ..
A: And now tell me about the others in your family, Freda.

72
Ex 6. Read the passage in which you are going to meet
Sherlock Holmes’s client, a Mr Cubitt. That day Dr Watson
was not present. Answer Dr Watson’s questions.
Прочтите отрывок из рассказа, в котором вы по-
знакомитесь с клиентом Шерлока Холмса, неким
мистером Кьюбиттом. Доктор Ватсон в этот день
отсутствовал. Ответьте на вопросы доктора Ватсона.

Holmes heard a heavy step (шаг) upon the stairs, and a moment later there entered a tall, clean-
shaven gentleman, whose clear eyes and red cheeks told of a life far from London. He brought
with him strong, fresh, east-coast air. They shook hands. He was a fine man, an old English
gentleman, simple, modest and gentle, with his great earnest blue eyes and a broad face. His love
for his wife and his trust in her shone in his features.
head – голова

MEMORY BOX
Now Holmes let me guess (угадать) face – лицо
who Mr Cubitt is: forehead – лоб
eyes – глаза
1. Is Mr Cubitt that thin pale (бледный) gentleman cheeks – щёки
from Manchester? – Of course, not Watson. He nose – нос
lips – губы
is ................................................ .
beard – борода
2. Now I know, Mr Cubitt is the one who never shave – бриться
shaves, he has got a beard, hasn’t he? – ................... clean-shaven – гладко выбритый
.......................... .
PERSONALITY
3. Is he that very important looking gentleman we met
simple – простой
on the train? – ................................................ .
modest – скромный
4. Now I remember, he is a dark-eyed man with a mean gentle – мягкий, нежный
look, isn’t he? – ................................................ . earnest – честный

Ex 7. Find word partnerships. Match the words in column A with those in column B. Draw a
line to connect them. More than one variant is possible.
Образуйте словосочетания, соединив линиями слова из колонки А со словами из
колонки В. Возможны варианты.

A B
pretty hands
red cheeks
earnest hair
tall beard
short eyes
clean-shaven
plump
lips
boy 
thick woman
gentle girl

73 Unit 5
6
Listening Maria

Maria and Oliver meet at a party. They haven’t met since


university days. Oliver got married, he wants to show Maria
his wife Alice. Maria shows Oliver her boyfriend Clive.

A. Look at the picture taken at the party and find Alice and
Clive.
Посмотрите на фотографии, сделанные на этой
вечеринке, и найдите Эллис и Клива. Oliver

B. Maria tells her friend Nancy about Oliver’s wife. Oliver

ë
also describes Clive, Maria’s boyfriend, to their former NOTE
classmate Dick. Complete the sentences with the wear a skirt/a blouse – носить
words or phrases from the dialogue. юбку/блузку
wear one’s hair long / a beard /
Мария рассказывает своей подруге Нэнси о жене glasses / make-up – носить длин-
Оливера. Оливер описывает Клива, друга Марии, ные волосы / бороду / очки /
их бывшему однокласснику Дику. Дополните пред- пользоваться косметикой
ложения словами/фразами из прослушанного
диалога.

– You know, Oliver has got married. His


wife is very .................................. .
– Is she that plump dark-haired girl he
dated (встречаться) at university?
Her name was Nora, I think.
– No, Oliver’s wife’s name is .................................. . And
she isn’t plump at all, she is ..................................
and slender.

– Dick, I met Maria at а party. She was with a .................................. .


– Do I know him? What is his name?
– His name is .................................. . I’ve never met him before.
– Is he the man with .................................. hair?
– Yes, he is. And he .................................. glasses.
– Then I know him, he is nice and .................................. .

74
7 Reader’s Corner
Listen and then read the story. Match the headings (A–G) below to the paragraphs (1–6). There
is one extra heading in the list.
Прослушайте и затем прочтите рассказ. Подберите соответствующие заглавия (A–G) из
списка ниже к абзацам текста (1–6). В списке одно лишнее заглавие.

A. Some Kind of a Test E. The Book from the Library


B. A Woman with a Red Rose on Her Jacket F. The Day before the Battle
C. Under the Great Round Clock G. Lieutenant Blandford Makes a Difficult
D. Hollis Meynell’s Letters Decision

Appointment with Love


after S. I. Kishor

1. £ The tall young army lieutenant looked at the great round clock in Grand Central Station. Six
minutes to six, said the clock. In six minutes he would see the woman who had filled such
a special place in his life for the past thirteen months. He had never seen the woman, but
her written words gave him strength to fight (сражаться). Reading her letters, he heard her
imagined voice. In six minutes they were to meet and he was going to hear her real voice.
2. £ His mind went back to that book he had borrowed from the army library. Throughout the
book there were notes in a woman’s writing. He had never believed that a woman could
see into a man’s heart so understandingly. Her name was on the bookplate: Hollis
Meynell. He had found her address and written, she had answered.
3. £ For thirteen months she had faithfully replied, and more than replied, and now he believed
he loved her, and she loved him. But she had refused to send him her photograph. She
had explained: “Suppose I’m beautiful. I’d always think that it were my looks that you
liked. Suppose I’m plain. Then I’d always fear (бояться) that you wrote to me only
because you were lonely and had no one else. When you come to New York, you shall
see me and then you shall make your decision.”
4. £ A young woman was coming toward him. Her figure was long and slim; her blond hair lay
back in curls. Her eyes were blue as flowers. In her pale green suit she was like springtime
come alive (ожить).
He started toward her, but then he noticed that she was wearing no rose on her jacket
they had agreed upon.
Then he saw Hollis Meynell. She was standing almost directly behind the girl, a woman
well past forty, her grеying hair tucked under a worn (изношенный) hat. She was more
than plump; her thick feet were thrust (всунуть) into low-heeled shoes. But she wore a
red rose in the lapel (лацкан) of her old brown coat.
The girl in the green suit was walking quickly away.

75 Unit 5
5. £ Blandford wanted to follow the beautiful girl, yet there stood the woman he had been
dreaming to meet. Her pale, plump face and her grey eyes were gentle and kind; he could
see that now.
Lieutenant Blandford did not hesitate. This would not be love, but it would be a friendship
for which he had been more than grateful (благодарный).
He squared (распрямить) his broad shoulders, saluted. “I’m Lieutenant John Blandford,
and you – you are Miss Meynell. I’m so glad you could meet me. May – may I take you to
dinner?”
6. £ The woman’s face broadened in a kind smile. “I don’t know what this is all about, son,”
she answered. “That young lady in the green suit – the one who just went by – asked me
to wear this rose on my coat. And she said that if you asked me to go out with you, I should
tell you that she’s waiting for you in that big restaurant across the street. She said it was
some kind of a test. I’ve got two boys in the Army myself, so I didn’t mind to help”

Ex 8. Tick () the false statements. Correct them.


Отметьте предложения, не соответствующие содержанию текста. Исправьте их.
TRUE FALSE
1. Lieutenant Blandford was a middle-sized broad-shouldered young man. £ £
2. Lieutenant Blandford met Hollis Meynell at the library. £ £
3. Blandford liked Hollis Meynell’s notes in the book and wrote a letter to her. £ £
4. Hollis Meynell didn’t answer his letter. £ £
5. Hollis Meynell didn’t want to send him her photo. £ £
6. A young blond woman who was coming toward Lieutenant Blandford was tall
and slim. £ £
7. She had long straight hair and large dark eyes. £ £
8. Hollis Meynell was a plump middle-aged woman wearing a worn hat. £ £
9. The woman who helped Hollis Meynell wasn’t beautiful but her grey eyes were
gentle and kind. £ £
10. Lieutenant Blandford didn’t come up to the middle-aged woman. £ £

5.2 Describing Things

big – little/small
full – empty

76
high – low

wide – narrow

heavy – light

long – short

fast – slow
new – old

clean – dirty

wet – dry

light – dark

77 Unit 5
Ex 9. A. Describe the objects (adjective + noun) you see in the pictures.
Опишите предметы (прилагательное + существительное), которые вы видите
на картинках.

2.
1. A big arm-chair — a small chair
convenient (удобный) for a child
comfortable

3. ribbon

expensive

4.

bad for a/the party

5.

heavy

6.

nice

7.

good/for the wedding (свадьба)

78
B. Use the model and say which one you would prefer (предпочитать).
Используя данную ниже модель, скажите, какой из предметов вы бы предпочли.

MODEL: nicer
I think… is more than
are less

1. A big arm-chair – a small chair / comfortable


I think a/the big arm-chair is more comfortable than a/the small chair.
2. ....................................................................................................................................
3. ....................................................................................................................................
4. ....................................................................................................................................
5. ....................................................................................................................................
6. ....................................................................................................................................
7. ....................................................................................................................................

Ex 10. Translate the adjectives in brackets, use articles Grammar


A/AN or THE where necessary.
Переведите прилагательные в скобках, по-
ставьте неопределённый артикль A/AN или THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE
определённый артикль THE, где необходимо. A/AN (3)
Неопределённый артикль A/AN
1. He has got (быстрый) ... a fast ... car. (быстрый) всегда употребляется:
... The fast ...car is more expensive than his old car. 1. в следующих грамматических
2. Nancy bought (новый) ..................... computer. конструкциях:
(новый) ..................... computer works (быстрее)  It is a book.
......................  This is a car and that is a
bicycle.
3. I’ve got (большой) ..................... apple and my  There is a table at the window.
brother’s got (маленький) ..................... one. But
2. c существительными в функции
(маленький) ..................... apple turned out to be дополнения после глаголов have
(оказалось) (лучше) ..................... . (got), see, give, make, etc.
4. This is (тяжёлый) ..................... suit-case and that  I have got a big house.
is (лёгкий) ..................... one. Which suit-case do  I saw a new Mercedes car.
 The boy made a small plane.
you want to take?
5. The house is very nice, but there is (светлый) 3. мы употребляем неопреде-
лённый артикль A/AN, когда
..................... bedroom and (тёмный) речь идёт о каком-нибудь
..................... bedroom in it. I don’t like (тёмный) одном предмете, упоминаемом
..................... bedroom. впервые. Если этот предмет
6. Не showed us (длинный) ..................... way and снова упоминается в тексте,
используется определённый
(короткий) ..................... way to the forest. I chose артикль THE.
(короткий) ..................... way. It’s (быстрее)  We saw a bird. The bird was
...................... very beautiful.

79 Unit 5
7. You gave me (грязный) ..................... shirt and I asked for (чистый) ..................... one.
8. She made me (полный) ..................... cup of coffee, and I asked her to give me (пустой)
..................... cup too.

Ex 11. Read the questions and translate the answers. Use ONE/ONES where necessary.
Прочтите вопросы и переведите ответы. Используйте ONE/ONES, где это необхо-
димо.

PRONOUN “ONE”
1. Have you got high trees in your garden?
– Нет, у меня только кусты (bushes), низкие кусты. ONE/ONES используется:
............................................................................. 1. чтобы избежать повторения су-
............................................................................. ществительного:
2. Have you seen the centre of the city? – в единственном числе:
– Я видел только длинную широкую улицу, но я  I’d like to try on one of these
shirts. Please, give me that
не видел маленьких узких улиц. white one.
.............................................................................
– во множественном числе:
.............................................................................
 I don’t want to wear my old
3. Would you like some coffee? shoes. I want to wear the new
– Спасибо, только холодный, пожалуйста. Сейчас ones.
жарко. 2. ONE/ONES используется как с
............................................................................. одушевлёнными, так и с неоду-
............................................................................. шевлёнными существительны-
ми.
4. I’m staying with the Herberts.
 Do you know John Smith?
– Теми, что имеют большой магазин на нашей Is he the one who phoned last
улице? night?
............................................................................. 3. ONE не заменяет неисчисляе-
............................................................................. мые существительные. Суще-
ствительное повторяется или
опускается.
 Don’t use this milk. Use the
fresh milk. (Use this milk).

Опустить ONE/ONES можно лишь в кратких ответах или после прилагательного в


превосходной степени:
 Which one/ones would you like? – The red/the largest/the best.
ONE употребляется после местоимений this, that, another, which и др. и не употребляется
после both, притяжательных местоимений и существительных в притяжательном
падеже.
С местоимениями ONE/ONES употребляются артикли a/an, the:
 The old pen won’t write. Will you give me a new one?
 Do you know the Smiths? The ones who live in this house?
CLOTHES. BUYING CLOTHES 6
Clothes do not make the man.
По одежке встречают, по уму провожают.
(proverb)

6.1 CLOTHES
1 hat

MEMORY BOX
CLOTHES – одежда 2
jacket smart – нарядная, модная,
coat одежда
tailor-made clothes – одежда,
изготовленная на заказ
ready-made – готовая одежда
regular – обычная, нормальная

jacket
dress

scarf

skirt
gloves blouse
sweater/
jumper

T-shirt
shirt underwear

belt
socks
suit

81
3 В английском языке эти существительные,
как и в русском, используются только в форме
jeans множественного числа.
trousers Это значит, что они всегда употребляются с гла-
голами в форме множественного числа и
указательными местоимениями these, those.
Перед ними не может стоять неопределённый
артикль а/an.
Слово clothes также всегда имеет форму
множественного числа.
shorts  All his clothes are new, only one item – the
coat, is old.
tights  These trousers are too long for you.
 Those tights wear well (хорошо
носятся).

Ex 1. А. Read the text and complete the Memory Box with the words from the text. Listen to
check your answers.
Прочтите текст и дополните Memory Box недостающими словами из текста.
Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

Bill was going to take up an Italian course. He needed the Italian language
for his work. Bill invited Lizzie, his girlfriend, to join the class, too. Lizzie liked
the idea very much. “I’m telling everybody that we’ll be speaking Italian
soon”, she laughed happily. “What shall I wear?” Only Lizzie would want to
know that. Other people might ask if they should bring a notebook or a
dictionary.
“Something that won’t attract too much attention”, suggested Bill. It was a
silly suggestion. Lizzie didn’t have clothes that didn’t attract attention.
“I love red”, he said. Her eyes shone. It was
easy to please Lizzie. “I’ll try it on now,” she need – нуждаться (в чём-либо)
MEMORY BOX

said. She chose a short red skirt and a red and ....................... – выбирать 4

white shirt. She looked beautiful, fresh and ....................... – примерять


young, just like a magazine picture with her ......................./have smth on – носить,
golden hair. быть одетым
attract attention – привлекать вни-
мание
pay attention – обращать внимание
suggest smth/doing smth – предлагать

Do you need a new sweater?


Bill suggested taking up an Italian course.

82
В. Answer the questions.
Ответьте на вопросы.

1. What question did Lizzie ask Bill?


2. Why do you think Lizzie asked such a question?I think Lizzie asked such a question
because she was an easy-going person, and liked beautiful clothes.
3. What kind of clothes did Lizzie usually wear?
4. What did she choose to wear to class?
5. How did Lizzie look?
6. Why was she happy?

Ex 2. Read what this person tells about himself. Look through the list of things and say when
you usually (don’t) wear these things.
Прочтите, что этот человек рассказывает о себе. Просмотрите предложенный
список вещей и скажите, когда и где вы (не) носите эти вещи.

I usually wear a T-shirt and shorts when I go jogging.


I don’t wear jeans to work, but I sometimes wear them at the weekend.
I always wear gloves when I work in the garden or do washing up.
I never wear a dress when I go to the disco.
I always wear make-up when I go out.

a suit  a pullover  a raincoat  a hat  glasses

I never wear a hat. When I go to the beach, I wear a cap.


.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
ë

NOTE
/a dress/a hat
Wear clothes
ings
BUT! Carry th
ng a raincoat
Kate is weari
It’s raining.
an umbrella.
and carrying

83 Unit 6
Ex 3. Describe what this person is wearing. Use the prompts.
Опишите, во что одет этот человек. Используйте глаголы из
данного списка.

wear  have smth on  be dressed smartly/elegantly

.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................

Ex 4. Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.


Посмотрите на картинки и закончите предложения.

1. If it’s cold, I wear ..................... .


2. If it’s cool, I take off my coat and put on a ..................... .
3. If it’s raining, I take off my coat and put on my ..................... .
4. When it is warm, I take off my jacket and have only ..................... on.

Ex 5. Open the brackets, use the verb in the right tense form.
Откройте скобки, используйте глаголы в соответствующем
времени.

1. I never (wear) ................... sport clothes to work. But I (wear) ................... trainers
(кроссовки) yesterday because we were going to have a picnic after work.
2. I’m at university the whole day. I (put on) ................... my clothes in the morning and (take
off) ................... them ................... in the evening.
3. You see, the T-shirt is a bit small, I (not/try
on) ................... it ................... in the
shop. I didn’t have the time. SOME USEFUL VERBS
MEMORY BOX

4. “We are going to be late!” – “I’ll be ready in put on – надевать


a minute. I (get dressed) ................... ”, dress/get dressed – одеваться
Sandra shouted (кричать) from her room. take off – снимать
5. ................... you (dress up) ................... undress/get undressed – раздеваться
when you go to a party? be dressed in – быть одетым в
6. Police: „We’re looking for a criminal, he is dress up – наряжаться
somewhere here in the museum. He
He told Sarah to wait while he dressed/
(wear) ................... a black shirt and dark
got dressed.
sunglasses.” – “I wonder, why criminals always I don’t dress up to work. I’m a teacher,
(wear) ................... dark glasses,” Betty I wear regular clothes.
asked.

84
7. I left my jacket on the bus two days ago. I (take

ë
off) ................... it ................... and put it on the NOTE
next seat. When you are dressed you are wearing
8. Somebody took my clothes. I (undress) your clothes, or you have them on.
................... here and went swimming. I Before you go to bed, you get undressed,
or you undress, by taking your clothes
(not/pay attention) ................... who was sitting off.
next to me. She dresses well. / She is a well dressed
9. Mrs March (dress) ................... very elegantly. woman.
She has a very good taste (вкус).

5
Ex 6. Read the text about working clothes. Complete the sentences with suitable
words from the Memory Box. Listen and check your answers.
Прочтите текст о рабочей одежде. Дополните предложения соответ-
ствующими словами из Memory Box. Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

Uniforms

Different workers wear different clothes to work. UNIFORMS


MEMORY BOX
Many workers have (1) ..................... . Mechanics
tall white hat – высокий белый колпак
and painters wear (2) ..................... . The coveralls
coverall(s) – рабочий комбинезон
protect their clothes from oil (масло) and paint overall – рабочий халат
(краска). Pilots wear blue or black uniforms. white uniform – белая форма
Sometimes they wear white shirts. Nurses wear white doctor’s smock – докторский
(3)
..................... . Doctors wear (4) ..................... . халат
In Germany bus drivers wear white shirts and blue regular clothes – обычная одежда
ties, when it is cold they have a dark-blue pullover on.
Soldiers, policemen and firemen wear uniforms. Their
uniforms are different in different countries. Prisoners wear orange (5) ..................... . Orange is a
bright color. Orange uniforms are easy to see. Chefs wear white jackets and (6) ..................... .
Cowboys wear jeans and boots. Clowns wear big plastic noses and big shoes. Most workers don't
wear uniforms, they wear (7) ..................... . For example, teachers and shop assistants wear regular
clothes. Men who work in an office usually wear a suit and a tie to work.

85 Unit 6
6 Listening
Three people tell what they wear at work. Listen and complete the table.
Три человека рассказывают, что они носят на работе. Прослушайте и заполните таблицу.

1. 3.
2.

Which picture? What clothes? What do you know


about the three people’s jobs?
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

Grammar THE FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE

WILL + глагол
will go, will speak, will show
1. The Future Simple Tense используется, чтобы сказать, что, по вашему мнению, может произойти:
 I think /expect/ I’m sure this colour will be in fashion next summer. (Я думаю, считаю, я уверен…)
2. Это время также употребляется, когда мы обещаем, сообщаем о своём спонтанном решении или
отказываемся сделать что-либо.
 Don’t worry, I’ll help you to choose the right dress. I promise.
 I like the coat very much. I’ll buy it.
 I won’t wear this jacket, it’s old!
3. Будущее время используется также как вежливая форма общения.
 Will you show me this belt, please?
Покажите мне, пожалуйста, этот пояс.
Обычно употребляется со следующими обстоятельствами времени: tomorrow, in 3 days/ a week, next
week/month/Monday, in the 22nd century / in 2015, soon.
Вопросительное предложение: вспомогательный глагол will выносится на первое место перед
подлежащим.
 Will you wear the dress to the party?
Отрицательное предложение: перед смысловым глаголом ставится will not  won’t
 – Will you make the trousers yourself?
– Of course, I won’t. I won’t make them myself, I always wear tailor-made trousers.

86
Ex 7.

ë
Fill in the spaces with the right verb
from the list in the Future Simple Form. NOTE
Заполните пропуски подходящими (+) TOO
ТОЖЕ I like the red dress, too.
по смыслу глаголами из данного
спиcка в the Future Simple Form. (–) EITHER
I don’t like the pink dress, either.

wear  get dressed  take off  get undressed


try on  put on  like

1. I ......................... the jacket, if it is cold. And I ......................... the hat, either. I promise,
Mum.
2. Jack, don’t buy this shirt for Nick. Don’t you know Nick? He ......................... a shirt. He
prefers T-shirts.
3. We are going to be late. Maura ......................... in an hour. It always takes her (у нее
занимает) hours to get ready.
4. ......................... you ......................... the dress ........................., Madam? I’m sure you
......................... it.
5. She is so beautiful, she can be a photographer’s model, but she is very shy (стеснительный),
she ......................... never ......................... in public.

Ex 8. Translate the sentences.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Я не буду носить это платье, оно очень длинное.


.......................................................................................................................................
2. Я не буду примерять эти брюки, я не хочу носить чёрные брюки.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Я не буду наряжаться. Я не люблю привлекать внимание.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Мне нужно красивое платье. Марк пригласил меня на день рождения.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Примерь эту шляпку. Ты в ней будешь выглядеть просто потрясающе (stunning). – Я не
ношу шляпы.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Мне нужны тёмные очки. Я еду на юг.
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Моя подруга всегда очень красиво одета. Я студентка, когда я пойду работать, я тоже
буду носить модные красивые вещи.
.......................................................................................................................................

87 Unit 6
6.2 Buying Clothes

1. 2.

Ex 9. Match the descriptions (а–с) to the pictures shop BrE – магазин

MEMORY BOX
(1–2). There is one extra sentence that you store AmE
don’t need to use. shopping centre – торговый
Подберите описание (а–с) к фотографиям центр
(1–2). Одно из предложенных описаний не department store – универмаг
понадобится. mall – галерея магазинов с ка-
фе и ресторанами
sell – продавать
a. A very large shopping centre with a great many
buy – покупать
different shops, cafes, restaurants, etc. under one roof goods – товары
(крыша).
b. A big store selling ladies and men’s clothing.
c. A large store which sells many different kinds of goods (товары).

Ex 10. Listen and then read the words in the Memory Box. Read the text, complete the
sentences with the words from the Memory Box.
Прослушайте и прочтите слова в Memory Box. Прочтите текст, дополните пред-
ложения словами из Memory Box.
shop assistant – продавец
MEMORY BOX

A New Blouse customer – покупатель 7

go shopping – идти за покупками


Lisa loves to (1) ................... . Tomorrow she do the shopping – делать покупки
is going shopping to the mall. Lisa usually price – цена
(2)
................... at the mall. The mall is only a mile sale – распродажа
from her house. She just walks to the mall. She be on sale – выставить на распро-
needs a new blouse. She wants to buy a blue дажу
blouse. She thinks a blue blouse is nice.
Tomorrow is Saturday and Lisa will go to four different (3) ................... . The mall always has
(4)
................... on Saturday. If the sale (5) ................... is good, Lisa might buy two blouses: blue
and white. She will wear them to work.

88
– Could I help you?
– Would you like some
– Yes, please. I’m assistance?
looking for...
– Have you got…?
– Could you show me…?

8 listening
Jane wanted to spend her first week’s pay on buying some
presents for her family. She went shopping with her friend Kate.
Listen to the text twice and complete the table.
Джейн хотела потратить свою первую недельную зарплату
на подарки своей семье. Джейн отправилась делать
покупки со своей подругой Кейт. Прослушайте текст
дважды и заполните таблицу.

The Family Members


1. ............................ 2. ............................ 3. ............................
Wanted to buy ...........................................................................................................
Really bought ...........................................................................................................

Ex 11. A. Read the text and answer the questions.


B. Say how Janet made certain that the shoes were
comfortable.
A. Прочтите текст и ответьте на вопросы.
B. Расскажите, как Жанет убедилась, что туфли
удобные.

Shoes
Janet is a waitress. She works at a restaurant. She goes to
work five days a week. She stands up all day long. Janet is
young and strong, but her shoes are not. They are old. She
wears them to work. She saw an ad in the paper. All shoes
were on sale at the shoe store. She walked into the store. She
saw some black leather shoes. They looked good. She tried

89 Unit 6
them on. They were very comfortable. They were not tight,
shoes – туфли

MEMORY BOX
they felt good. They were only $25. She paid cash. She wore
them home and she felt good. trainers – кроссовки
boots – ботинки
Janet was ready for work the next day. high boots – сапоги
comfortable – удобный
tight – тесные/узкие
1. What did Janet want to buy? wide – широкие
2. Why did she want to buy shoes? leather – кожа, кожаный
3. What shop did she go to?
4. Why were good shoes so important to her?

ë
5. What shoes did she buy? NOTE
6. How much did the shoes cost? BrE: trainer
s
AmE: sneak – кроссовки
ers

– How much is it?


– How much does it cost?

– It is 65$.
– It costs 65$.

9
Ex 12. Read the dialogue. Complete it with the words below. Listen and check your
answers. Customer (C), shop assistant (A).
Прочтите диалог. Вставьте слова из данного ниже списка. Прослушайте и
проверьте свои ответы. Покупатель (С), продавец (А).

suits you  size coat  How much  try it on  looks good

C: Excuse me. What ..................... is this?


A: It’s 46.
size – размер
MEMORY BOX

C: Oh, good. Can I .....................? expensive – дорогой


C: Yes, of course, here you are. cheap – дешевый
C: Thanks. How does it look? suit – подходить, быть «к
A: Mmm. It ..................... . It really ..................... . Does it лицу»
feel OK? match – подходить по
C: Yes, it’s fine. It fits very well. It’s really comfortable. цвету/стилю
..................... is it? fit – подходить по размеру
A: It’s 65$. Do you buy new clothes if
C: That’s not too expensive. I think I’ll buy it. they don’t fit you well?

90
Ex 13. Read the dialogue. Translate the sentences given in Russiаn.
Прочтите диалог. Переведите предложения с русского языка на английский.

– What can I do for you?


– Я ищу свитер 40 размера. ...............................................................................................
– What colour are you thinking of?
– Я бы хотела серый свитер. .............................................................................................
– Here you are. It’s a pretty grey, not too dull (скучный).
– Спасибо, свитер действительно красивый, но он слишком тёмный. Боюсь, он не
подойдёт по цвету к брюкам.
.......................................................................................................................................
– I can offer you one in blue.
– Спасибо. Я думаю этот свитер значительно лучше.
.........................................................................................................................................

10
Ex 14. Find the logical order of the following dialogue parts. Listen and check your
answers.
Найдите логическую последовательность реплик в диалоге. Прослушайте
и проверьте свои ответы.

££ – And a new suit, too?


££ – They fit you perfectly. Now, all you need is a new
belt!
££ – OK. Where can I try on the trousers?
££
1 A – Can I help you, Sir?
££ – Sorry, but I don’t have a suit in your size at the
moment. Can I show you a jacket and trousers?
££ – Yes, can you, please, show me a suit? I wear size 34.
££ – My luggage (багаж) has been lost and I need new
clothes. I need underwear, T-shirts, a white shirt and
a blue tie.

Ex 15. Translate the dialogue from Russian into English.


Переведите диалог на английский язык.

– Не могли бы вы мне помочь?


.........................................................................................................................................
– Да, пожалуйста.
.........................................................................................................................................

91 Unit 6
– Моему сыну нужны шорты для игры в теннис.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Какого цвета шорты вам нужны?
.........................................................................................................................................
– Белого.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Какой размер носит ваш сын?
.........................................................................................................................................
– Он носит 28 размер.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Вот, пожалуйста. Вам нравятся эти шорты?
.........................................................................................................................................
– Да, спасибо. Они очень хорошие, но я думаю, они слишком (too) длинные для игры в
теннис.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Мне очень жаль. Тогда вам нужно идти в спортивный отдел (Sports Goods).
.........................................................................................................................................
– Спасибо. Где он расположен?
.........................................................................................................................................

– May I pay by credit


card?
– Могу я оплатить
кредитной картой?
– I’m sorry but we
take cash only.
– Мне очень жаль, но
мы принимаем оплату
только наличными.

Ex 16. Match the phrases. Draw a line to connect them.


Соедините линиями соответствующие фразы.


1. What size boots do you wear? a. It is 65$.
2. Would you like some assistance? b. She attracts everybody’s attention.
3. It’s a wonderful dress! c. Yes, please. I’m looking for a red scarf.
4. May I pay by credit card? d. I’m sorry but we take cash only.
5. How much does it cost? e. Yes, it’s very smart.
6. Connie is dressed up for the party. f. I wear 38 size boots.

92
11 Reader’s Corner
Ex 17. Listen and then read the story. Match the headings (A–F) below to the paragrаphs (1–5).
There is one extra heading in the list.
Прочтите рассказ. Подберите заголовки (A–F) к каждому отрывку (1–5). В списке
есть один лишний заголовок.

The Purple Dress


after O’Henry

A. The Bee-Hive Store D. The Girls’ Dream


B. “May I walk with you?” E. Alone at Home
C. A Dress for Thanksgiving F. On Thanksgiving Eve

1. £ Maida, the girl with the big brown eyes and chestnut-colored (каштановый) hair works
in the Bee-Hive Store. One day she said to Grace, her friend at the store,”I’m going to
have a purple dress, a tailor-made purple dress, for Thanksgiving.” “Oh, are you?” said
Grace, “Well, I’ll have red. You see more red on Fifth Avenue. And the men all seem to
like it.” “I don’t care.1 I like purple best,” said Maida. “And old Schlegel has promised to
make it for $8. It’s going to be lovely.”
Maida had saved (экономить) $18 after eight
make a dress – сшить платье
MEMORY BOX

months of economy; she had bought everything


admire – восхищаться
for the purple dress and paid Schlegel $4. She
magnificent – выглядеть ве-
would pay the remaining $4 on the day before ликолепнo
Thanksgiving. look stunning – выглядеть
2. £ Old Bachman, the owner of the Bee-Hive потрясающe
awful – выглядеть ужасно
Store, always gave a Thanksgiving dinner to his
employees (служащие). Everybody admired her dress.
And always at the Thanksgiving dinners Mr
Ramsay… Oh, Mr Ramsay! He is more important
than purple or green, or even red. Mr Ramsay was the head clerk, and he was going to
be a partner next year. Mr Ramsay was a real gentleman.
But he was an original person. He was a health crank (чудак), and believed that people
should never eat anything they liked. He didn’t like anybody being comfortable, or taking
medicine, or hiding from a snow storm, or… But every girl at the store every night dreamt
of becoming Mrs Ramsay.
Mr Ramsay was always master of ceremonies at the dinners. And here were two dresses
being made to charm Mr Ramsay – one purple and the other red.
3. £ Grace had saved her money, too. She was going to buy her dress ready-made.
The night before Thanksgiving came. Maida hurried home, dreaming about tomorrow’s
dinner. She knew purple would become her. She was going home first to get the $4 and
then she was going to pay Schlegel and take the dress home herself.

93 Unit 6
Grace lived in the same house. When Maida came home, Grace ran down to her room
crying. “She wants me to get out,” said Grace, “because I owe (быть должным) her $4.
She locked the door of my room, and I haven’t got any money.” “You had some
yesterday,” said Maida. “I paid it on my dress,” said Grace. “I thought she’d wait till next
week for the rent.”
Out came Maida’s $4. “You blessed darling,” cried Grace, “I’ll pay the mean old thing
and then I’m going to try on my dress. I think it’s wonderful. Come up and look at it. I’ll
pay the money back, a dollar a week – honest (честно), I will.”
4. £ At a quarter to twelve Grace came into Maida’s room. Yes, she looked charming. Red
was her color. Maida was sitting by the window in her old skirt and а blue blouse. “Why,
goodness aren’t you dressed yet?” shrilled the red one. “My dress didn’t get finished in
time,” said Maida. “I’m not going to the dinner.”
“Why, I’m awfully sorry, Maida. Why don’t you put on anything and come along?”
“I was set on my purple,” said Maida. “If I can’t have it I won’t go at all. Don’t bother
(беспокоиться) about me. You look awful nice in red.”
At her window Maida sat through the time of the dinner. In her mind she could hear the
girls laughing at old Bachman’s jokes, and see Mr Ramsay moving about.
At four in the afternoon, she slowly made her way to Schlegel’s shop and told him she
could not pay the $4 due on the dress.
“Gott!” cried Schlegel, “For what do you look so glum? Take him away. He is ready. Pay
me some time when you can.”2
Maida said a million of thanks, and hurried away.
5. £ It began to rain but Maida did not feel the cold Thanksgiving rain. At five o’clock she
went out upon the street wearing her purple dress. The rain had increased. People were
hurrying home. Many of them looked at this beautiful, happy-eyed girl in the purple
dress walking through the storm as though (как будто) she were strolling in a garden
under summer skies.
Some one turned a corner and blocked her way. She looked up into Mr Ramsay’s eyes,
sparkling (сиять) with admiration and interest. “Why, Miss Maida,” said he, “you look
simply magnificent in your new dress. I was greatly disappointed (разочарованный)
not to see you at our dinner. And of all the girls I ever knew, you show the greatest sense
(здравый смысл) and intelligence. There is nothing more healthful than braving
(бросать вызов) the weather as you are doing. May I walk with you?”
And Maida blushed (краснеть) and sneezed (чихать).

Notes:
1
Мне всё равно.
2
речь иностранца с акцентом

94
Ex 18. Answer the multiple-choice questions (1–4).
Выберите правильные ответы на вопросы (1–4).

1. What did the girls do in the Bee-Hive shop?


a) They came to look at the dresses.
b) They were doing some shopping.
c) They worked at the shop.
2. Why did all the girls at the shop admire Mr Ramsay?
a) They admired Mr Ramsay because he was a real gentleman, young and single (холостяк).
b) They admired Mr Ramsay because he was going to be a partner.
c) They admired Mr Ramsay because he was a health crank.
3. Why didn’t Maida go to the Thanksgiving dinner?
a) She didn’t go because she was sneezing.
b) She didn’t go because she couldn’t pay the remaining 4$ for her new dress.
c) She didn’t go because she had a lot of things to do at home.
4. What did Mr Ramsay admire Maida for?
a) He admired Maida for her good looks.
b) He admired Maida for braving the weather.
c) He admired Maida’s dress.

Ex 19. Translate the sentences.


Переведите предложения.

1. У Мейды будет фиолетовое платье. Это будет сшитое на заказ платье.


.........................................................................................................................................
2. Грейс купит готовое платье в магазине.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Это будет платье красного цвета.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Грейс будет выглядеть великолепно в красном платье.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Грейс уверена (be sure), что мистер Рамсей будет восхищен её платьем.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Мистер Рамсей будет «вести» праздничный обед.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Мистер Бахман будет шутить и резать мясо (cut the meat).
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Все (everybody) будут танцевать и слушать музыку.
.........................................................................................................................................
7 DAILY LIFE

7.1 What Time is It? What’s the Time?


– When is your
English class?
– It’s at seven o’clock in
the evening/at seven p.m.

It’s ten o’clock.

It’s three o’clock.

– When do you go to the fitness club?


– At seven thirty.
– In the evening?
– No, in the morning. At seven thirty a.m.
– Oh! It’s eight o’clock.

in the morning
in the afternoon
in the evening
at night
ë

It’s twelve o’clock. /


NOTE It’s midnight. /
a.m. – ante meridiem – “before midday” – до полудня It’s 12 p.m. sharp.
p.m. – post meridiem – “after midday” – после полудня
(каждый период состоит из 12 часов)

96
1 Ex 1. Listen and then read the dialogues.
Прослушайте и прочтите диалоги. Past
(a) quarter
1. – Excuse me, what time is it?
– It’s eleven o’clock. To
– Oh, I’m late again! half

2. – When is our dancing class?


– It is at seven o’clock.
– OK.
3. – When does the bank open?
– The bank opens at nine o’clock. watch
– Thank you.
It’s eleven thirty. /
– You are welcome. It’s half past eleven.
clock

Ex 2. Say what time it is.


Скажите, который час.

It’s two fifteen. /


It’s (a) quarter past two.

It’s ten eighteen.


......................................................................................................
It’s eighteen (minutes)
.......................................................................................................
past ten.
.....................................................................................................
It’s five forty-five. /
It’s (a) quarter to six.

......................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................
It’s twelve twenty. /
.....................................................................................................
It’s twenty (minutes) past
twelve.

A Riddle (за
гадка)
I have a face
, I have hand
run. I can sto s. I can
p. I cannot ta
can wake Pe lk, but I
te up. What a
..................................... m I?
It’s four thirty-seven. /
..................................... It’s twenty-three (minutes)
to five.

97 Unit 7
2
Listening
Listen to the mini-dialogues and complete the clocks.
Прослушайте мини-диалоги и обозначьте время на часах.

7.2 Things We Do Every Day


Ex 3. Study the diagram. Use the phrases to make 10 sentences about yourself.
Изучите схему. Используйте данные в ней фразы, чтобы составить 10 предложений
о себе.

get up  wake up (smb)


have a shower  wash one’s face and hands  clean/brush the teeth


dress / get dressed  do/brush the hair


make breakfast  have breakfast  listen to the radio


drive to work  go to the office/university/college (by)
walk to school

98
turn on the computer  speak to the customers
have lessons/lectures  have lunch


have a walk  do the shopping
have a cup of coffee / а glass of beer with friends


drive home  come/arrive home


make dinner  have dinner  check the homework


call friends  check the e-mail  watch TV


set the alarm-clock  go to bed  read in bed


fall asleep

On weekdays I usually (don’t) get up very early. The alarm clock rings at … ....................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

99 Unit 7
3
Ex 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. Listen and check your
answers.
Заполните пропуски данными ниже словами. Прослушайте и проверьте
свои ответы.

watch  have (x3)  brush  arrive  is  get up


go (x5)  clean  get  take

My Day
Every day I (1) ..................... at half past six. First I (2) ..................... to the kitchen and
(3)
..................... a cup of tea and a toast for breakfast. Then I (4) ..................... to the
bathroom and (5) ..................... my teeth. After that, I (6) ..................... dressed and
(7)
..................... my hair.
At half past seven I (8) ..................... to work. I (9) ..................... the bus to Cabramatta. It
(10)
..................... a long way from home. I (11) ..................... at work at ten to eight. At
twelve o’clock I (12) ..................... lunch and at four o’clock I (13) ..................... home.
At seven o’clock I (14) ..................... dinner with my family and then we (15) .....................
TV. At a quarter past eleven I (16) ..................... to bed.

Ex 5. Use the prompts given in the chart and do housework – делать ра-
MEMORY BOX

4
ask questions (When/How often..?). боту по дому
Answer the questions. do the shopping / go shopping –
делать покупки
Используйте данные в таблице фразы
do homework – делать уроки
для составления вопросов (When/How
washing-up the dishes – мыть
often..?). Дайте ответы на эти вопросы. посуду
wash clothes – стирать
clean the house – убирать в доме
TIME WORDS
leave home for work/school –
5
usually/normally уходить на работу/в школу
every day/week/month arrive at work/home – прийти на
every other day работу/домой
once/twice a day/a week
on Saturday/Tuesday

Action Question/Answer

get up When do you usually get up? I usually get up at…


............................................................................................
go to bed ............................................................................................
leave for work/school ............................................................................................

100
Action Question/Answer
wash clothes ............................................................................................
do the shopping How often do you do the shopping?
............................................................................................
clean the house ............................................................................................
do housework ............................................................................................
do homework ............................................................................................
go to the cinema ............................................................................................
go for a walk Do you go for a walk every day?
............................................................................................
watch TV ............................................................................................
go to the fitness club ............................................................................................

Ex 6. Tom had a busy week. Look at his notice board


and the prompts in brackets and say what he
was doing at the appointed time.
Grammar
У Тома была очень напряжённая неделя.
Посмотрите на его записи, используйте
THE PAST CONTINUOUS
вспомогательные слова в скобках и скажите,
TENSE
что он делал в указанное время.
WAS/WERE + -ing

Описывает длительное действие


или процесс, протекающий в мо-
Friday Thursday мент или период в прошлом.
20.00 16.00—17.00, the
AY Обычно употребляется с такими
corporate TUESD .00-12.00 head manager’s обстоятельствами времени как:
dinner 1 0 it h аt 5 o’clock yesterday, on Monday
meeting w
talk (listen to)
o m e r s last week, from 3 to 6 yesterday, the
the cust iscuss) whole day, all day long, all year
(d round, when I came in…
Monday
WED 19.00–20.00 Желание описать действие как
MONDAY N ESD football процесс часто определяется ситуа-
befo AY game цией, контекстом.
r y
13.00—14.00 chec e lunch T u esda
lunch with acco king th , fter work,  It was raining the whole day
unts e a bicycle yesterday and I stayed at
Mr Ridgeback (сче y
та) bu Sue home. I was reading.
fo r

1. Monday, 13.30 On Monday at half past one Tom was having lunch with
Mr Ridgeback.
2. Tuesday, 10.45 ........................................................................................................
3. Wednesday, 11.15 ........................................................................................................
4. Thursday, 16.30 ........................................................................................................
5. Tuesday, 18.30 ........................................................................................................
6. Monday, 19.35 ........................................................................................................
7. Friday, 21.00 ........................................................................................................

101 Unit 7
Часто в жизни в течение одного действия вклинивается другое. Чтобы описать подобную ситуацию,
предложение строится по модели:
Past Indefinite
 He came when we were having dinner.
  He called when I was watching TV.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Past Continuous

Ex 7. Monday was an awful day for Jane. Use the prompts and complete the story about Jane.
Make sentences according to the model.
В понедельник у Джейн был ужасный день. Составьте рассказ о Джейн, используя
модель и данные в таблице фразы.

MODEL: While/When she was + ing she/he/it + the Past Simple

1. have a shower not/hear the alarm clock, not/wake/Tim up/oversleep


2. dress for work the cat/drink the coffee cream
3. drive to work miss two traffic lights (не заметить сигнал светофора)
4. type an important letter make a lot of mistakes (the boss / be angry)
5. have lunch spill (пролить) some coffee on her skirt
6. do the shopping lose the handbag
7. make the salad the meat / get burnt (сгореть)
8. read in bed Mother call / not feel well (have to call the doctor)

1. The alarm clock rang while Jane was having a shower. She didn’t hear it and didn’t
wake Tim up. He overslept (проспал).
2. While Jane was dressing for work, the cat jumped on the kitchen table and drank
the coffee cream.
3. ......................................................................................................................................
4. ......................................................................................................................................
5. ......................................................................................................................................
6. ......................................................................................................................................
7. ......................................................................................................................................
8. ......................................................................................................................................

102
6 Listening
You are going to listen to three people telling about their best time of the day.
Три человека рассказывают, какое время они считают лучшим в течение дня.

A. After listening to the speakers twice, fill in the table.


Прослушайте их рассказы дважды и заполните табличку.

Speaker 1. ........................ 2. ........................ 3. ........................


morning
Time of the day ...........................................................................................................
Activity reading in bed
...........................................................................................................

B. Listen again and say why they like that time of the day.
Прослушайте тексты снова и скажите, почему каждому из них нравится этот период дня.

1. .......................................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................................
3. .......................................................................................................................................

USE OF ARTICLES WITH THE NOUNS: SCHOOL, HOME, WORK, BED


ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ С СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫМИ: SCHOOL, HOME, WORK, BED

Без артикля – когда существительное Обычные правила употребления


обозначает не конкретный предмет, артикля, когда существительное
а его предназначение. обозначает предмет.

– be at school, go to school (учиться в  There was an old school in front of


SCHOOL школе); our house. The school was built in the
– leave school (заканчивать школу) 19th century (век).

– go home (идти домой);  He dreams to see the old home again.


HOME – come home (приходить домой);
– be at home (быть дома)

– go to work (идти на работу);  They like the work they are doing
WORK
– be at work (работать) now.
 It is a real work of art.

– go to bed (лечь спать);  There is a bed, two armchairs and a


BED
– be/stay in bed (спать, лежать в table in the room.
постели)

103 Unit 7
Ex 8. Use the right article: A/AN, THE, ZERO (артикль отсутствует).
Вместо пропусков поставьте соответствующий артикль: A/AN, THE, ZERO.

1. My younger brother is seven years old. He goes to ........... school in ........... morning and
comes ........... home at 1 p.m. ........... school is not far from our house, so he leaves ...........
home at ........... quarter to eight. He likes to go to ........... school.
2. At ........... home he has dinner and does his ........... homework. He goes to ........... bed at 9 p.m.
3. My father works a lot. He goes to ........... work in ........... morning and comes ........... home
in ........... evening. He is usually very tired, but he likes ........... work. He builds bridges (мост),
........... work of building the new bridge takes all his time.
4. When does your mother leave ........... home for ........... work? She leaves ........... home for ...........
work at ........... half past eight. – What does she do? – She is ........... designer. She designs
furniture. She is ........... talented designer. Everything she does is ........... work of art (искусство).
5. Your mother is ........... beautiful woman, too. – Yes, she always looks beautiful: at ...........
home, at ........... work and even in ........... bed with flu (грипп).
By the way, ........... bed in her bedroom is her ........... work, too.
6. Our mother is very nice, I remember, that when she put us to ........... bed, she sat on ...........
bed and read interesting stories to us.

Review
Present Simple Past Simple Past Continuous

регулярное
повторяющееся действие/факт в прошлом действие протекало в определенный
действие/факт момент или период в прошлом.
work(s) worked was/were working

usually yesterday at 5 o’clock yesterday


always last week from 5 to 6 yesterday
every day 3 days ago all day long/all year round
often/seldom in 1997 when I came in
sometimes

 He always works  Yesterday he started his work  At 7 p.m. yesterday he was still
late on Monday. at 8 a.m. and finished at 8 p.m. working.

Ex 9. The Present Simple, Past Simple or Past Continuous? Use the verbs in brackets in the
right form.
The Present Simple, Past Simple or Past Continuous? Откройте скобки, поставьте
глаголы в соответствующую форму.

1. In the morning I usually (get dressed) ............................... very quickly. But yesterday
I (dress) ............................... very slowly, I (have) ............................... a bad headache

104
(головная боль). 2. When I (dress) ............................... , I (hear) ............................... the
children laughing in the bathroom. I (go) ............................... to have a look and (see)
............................... that my younger daughter Jessie (write) ............................... on the mirror
(зеркало) with my lipstick (помада). 3. While I (make breakfast) ............................... , my
husband (come in) ............................... with the dog. He always (walk) ............................... the
dog in the morning. 4. While I (make) ............................... some sandwiches for school lunch,
the children (finish) ............................... making the beds. They always (make)
............................... the beds themselves. 5. When my husband Jan (make) ...............................
his morning calls (he is a doctor), his assistant (appear – появиться) ............................... .
6. The children (wait) ............................... for me at the car, and I (look) ...............................
for my glasses (очки). I always (look) ............................... for my glasses in the morning. So,
our day (begin) ............................... as usual.

7.3 At Weekends
Ex 10. What do you do at weekends? Tick () the things you usually/often/sometimes do.
Complete the sentences.
Что вы делаете в выходные дни?
DURING THE WEEKEND
MEMORY BOX

Отметьте, что вы обычно/часто/иногда


делаете. Завершите предложения. spend the weekend in – провести
выходные дома

£
do housework
I usually ........................................................ watch TV
£ Sometimes I .................................................. go out – провести время вне дома
go to the country – поехать за го-
£ I often ........................................................... род
£ I seldom ............................................................. go on a bus tour – поехать на авто-
бусную экскурсию
£ I never ............................................................... go to a fitness centre
do sports (play football, basketball,
tennis...)
meet friends/relatives
ë

NOTE
BrE: during the weekend – в выходной день (в течение)
AmE: over the weekend
BrE: at weekends – по выходным
AmE: on weekends
bе in/out – быть дома/не быть дома (часто используется
только предлог)

105 Unit 7
7
Ex 11. Listen and then read the text. Use the prompts to make questions and answer
them.
Прослушайте и прочтите текст, составьте вопросы, используя данные
слова. Ответьте на вопросы.

A Cosy Saturday in

As Colin had to work late during the week, both he and Lynn decided to relax and spend a cosy
Saturday in.
That weekend, James, their son, was staying at his friend’s house. So, it was going to be a really
quiet day. They didn’t get up early that day. They had their tea in bed and read newspapers. Still
they had to do the weekly shopping. While having
late breakfast, they discussed what they were
relax – расслабиться

MEMORY BOX
going to buy at the supermarket. They didn’t plan
visit friends – навестить друзей
to go out in the evening, they intended to cook a invite friends / have the friends
nice meal and watch a new DVD. over – пригласить друзей в гости
go shopping – пойти в магазин
1. Why / people / spend a day in? go to the cinema/theatre – пойти в
Why do people sometimes spend a day in? кино/театр
They want to relax. go to a restaurant – пойти в ресто-
2. Why / spend a cosy Saturday in? ран
..........................................................................
.........................................................................
3. Where / James / that weekend? .......................................................................................
4. Why / be a quiet day? .........................................................................................................
5. Where / have to go? .........................................................................................................
6. How / spend the morning? .................................................................................................
7. What / plan to do / evening? ...............................................................................................

NOTE
ë
intend = be going to – собираться,
намереваться
8 Listening
You are going to listen to James and Darren discussing their Saturday plans. After listening to
the dialogue twice, complete the sentences below with the words/phrases from the dialogue.
Listen again and check your answers.
Вы услышите, как Джеймс и Дарен обсуждают планы на субботу. Прослушайте диалог
дважды и дополните предложения словами/фразами из диалога. Прослушайте снова и
проверьте свои ответы.

Darren wanted to go to the ...................... , there was a ...................... in the museum. James
suggested ...................... football, he wanted to ...................... for the ...................... . Darren

106
said it was too ...................... for playing football outside.

ë
NOTE
He’d rather (пожалуй) ...................... . James gladly После глагол
agreed. а suggest вс
следует -ing егда
form.
suggest goin
g to the cinem
предложить a–
пойти в кино
Ex 12. Read the text and complete the Memory
Box with the words and phrases from the
text.
IN THE COUNTRY

MEMORY BOX
Прочтите текст и дополните Memory
Box словами/выражениями из текста. .......................... – кататься на лошади
go cycling – кататься на велосипеде
A Weekend in the Country go climbing – заниматься скалола-
занием
.......................... – пойти в поход
The Morris family is spending a long weekend in
go fishing – ловить рыбу
a cosy little B&B in New Forest, one of the have a picnic – устроить пикник
England’s most beautiful national parks. The park’s .......................... – обедать вне дома
not only beautiful, there is also plenty to do. Amy and
James want to go horse-riding, Colin and Lynn want
to go hiking and Colin’s parents, George and Edna, plan to go out for their meals. Their friends
recommended them a charming small village restaurant. The weather is very nice and everyone
spends a relaxing fun-filled weekend.

ë
NOTE
Ex 13. Translate the sentences from Russian into Глагол HAVE употребляется с большим
English. количеством существительных. Он
Переведите предложения на английский утрачивает свое основное значение
язык. «иметь» и обозначает действие.
a shower – принять душ
a bath – принять ванну
1. Каждое утро я принимаю душ, чищу зубы и
a wash – умыться
бреюсь. a shave – побриться
......................................................................... a swim – искупаться/поплавать
2. Я принимаю ванну только по воскресеньям. HAVE a walk – пойти на прогулку
a rest – отдохнуть
......................................................................... a holiday – пойти в отпуск
3. Я выхожу из дома на работу в 8.30 утра. a party – устроить вечеринку
......................................................................... a good time – хорошо про-
4. Утром мы не готовим завтрак дома, мы пьём вести время
fun – повеселиться
кофе в офисе.
.........................................................................
5. Я прихожу на работу без пяти минут девять.
.........................................................................
6. Я еду домой с работы на машине, моя жена идёт домой пешком. Она работает недалеко
от дома (not far from).
..............................................................................................................................................

107 Unit 7
7. Мы не моем посуду после обеда. У нас есть посудомоечная машина (a dish-washer).
..............................................................................................................................................
8. В субботу мы обычно делаем работу по дому: мы убираем дом и делаем покупки.
..............................................................................................................................................
9. Мы отдыхаем в воскресенье. Мы всегда хорошо проводим время.
..............................................................................................................................................
10. По выходным я обычно хожу в фитнес-клуб. Но в эти выходные мы ездили на автобусную
экскурсию в Новгород.
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

9 Reader’s Corner
Listen to the story and then read it.
Прослушайте и прочтите рассказ.

A Happy Weekend
after H. A. Smith

We were on the Queen Elizabeth, coming back from our first trip to Europe when I noticed him
sitting on deck (палуба). “Are you American?” he asked. He wanted lo know the name of some
United States Senator for the ship’s daily crossword puzzle. I told him the name. I didn’t see him
until next day, when he came to thank me for my help with the puzzle. He won the prize.
He introduced himself as Monsieur Roland. We sat there talking, and finally he asked me if I could
keep a secret, and then he said, “I am Lautisse.1”
We had no idea who he was, so we went to the ship’s librarian
and asked him about the name. We were greatly impressed
(были поражены) that my new friend was probably the
world’s greatest living painter.
Well, we got to be real friendly, and Betsy invited him to come
up to our place for a weekend.
Lautisse arrived on the Saturday noon train and I met him at
the station. Driving from the station I asked him if he wanted
to play croquet or go for a swim or a walk in the woods, and
he said that he just wanted to sit and relax. So we sat around
all afternoon and talked. I told him about my shop where I
sold oil-burners (масляные горелки).
I got up at seven-thirty the next morning. Everybody was
sleeping. When I was having breakfast I remembered that our
garden fence (забор) needed painting. While I was

108
getting things ready, Lautisse came up to me. I said I wanted to paint2 the fence. He seized the
brush (выхватил кисть) from my hand and said, “First, I show you!” He spent three hours at it and
finished the fence, all four sections of it.
He went back to town on the 9.30 train that evening and at the station he shook my hand and said
that he hadn’t enjoyed himself so much in years.
We didn’t hear anything from him for ten days. Then the New-York papers published the interview
with Lautisse. There were a few lines about the weekend he had spent with Mr and Mrs Gregg.
The day after the story appeared a reporter and a photographer from one of the papers arrived at
our place. Besides taking pictures of Betsy and me, and the house, they asked lots of questions
of the great man’s visit, and Betsy told them about the garden fence. Next morning the paper had
quite a story. The headline (заголовок) said: LAUTISSE PAINTS AGAIN.
People started arriving in large numbers. They all wanted my garden fence, because it had been
painted by the great Lautisse. I was offered fifty thousand dollars for my fence. On the fourth day,
our neighbour Gerston, the sculptor, came in. I told him about my problem with the fence. He advised
me not to sell the fence yet – and let the Palmer Museum in New York exhibit it for several weeks.
The fence was taken to New York. I went down myself to have a look, and I couldn’t keep from
laughing. My fence had a fence around it. When the exhibition was over, Gerston led me to the
room where my fence had been exhibited. The fence
had been cut up into sections. At the bottom
corner of each section there was the signature of
Lautisse. I got a shock when I saw it. Then Gerston
explained everything. “Last night before sailing for
home, Lautisse came over here, and signed
(подписать) each of the thirty sections. Now
you’ve got something to sell.”
And indeed I did have. Twenty-nine sections of the
thirty sections were sold within a month’s time at
10,000 each. I kept the thirtieth, it’s hanging now in
our living-room.

Notes:
1
Lautisse xDäçíáëz вымышленный французский художник
2
красить, рисовать красками

Ex 14. Fill in the gaps with prepositions or adverbs where necessary.


Заполните пропуски соответствующими предлогами или наречиями, где это
необходимо.

1. The Greggs met Lautisse (1) .............. the Queen Elizabeth, when they coming (2) ..............
from their trip to Europe. 2. Mr Gregg helped Lautisse (3) .............. the ship’s daily crossword

109 Unit 7
puzzle. 3. Lautisse got a price (4) .............. the puzzle, and he came to thank Mr Gregg for his
help. 4. Then Lautisse introduced (5) .............. himself. 5. The Greggs didn’t know the name,
and the asked (6) .............. the ship’s librarian (7) .............. it. 6. They made friends, and Betsy
invited him to come up (8) .............. their place (9) .............. a weekend. 7. Lautisse arrived
(10)
.............. the Saturday noon train and Mr Gregg met him (11) .............. the station. 8. Mr
Gregg got up (12) .............. seven-thirty (13) .............. the next morning when everybody was
sleeping. 9. Mr Gregg wanted to paint the fence, but Lautisse seized the brush (14) .............. his
hand. He painted the fence himself. 10. He left (15) .............. Sunday evening, and the Greggs
didn’t hear anything (16) .............. him for ten days. Then the New York papers published the
interview (17) .............. Lautisse. 11. When the reporters arrived, Betsy told them (18) ..............
the garden fence. 12. Hundreds of people wanted to buy the garden fence, because it had been
painted (19) .............. the great Lautisse. 13. The fence was exhibited (20) .............. New York.
14. When the exhibition was over, the fence had been cut up (21) .............. sections. Each section
had the signature (22) .............. the great painter. 15. Twenty-nine sections of the fence were
sold (23) .............. 10,000 each.

Ex 15. Unfortunately, the items of the plan for retelling the story have got mixed up. Put them in
the right order. Retell the story according to the plan.
К несчастью, пункты плана для пересказа перепутались. Восстановите их правиль-
ный порядок и перескажите рассказ по этому плану.

£ The fence was exhibited in the Palmer Museum in New York.


£ Lautisse spent a weekend at the Greggs’ place.
£ The Greggs met Lautisse on board the ship.
£ Lautisse painted the Greggs’ garden fence.
£ The New York papers published the interview with Lautisse.
£ The fence was sold for 300.000$
£ The Greggs and Lautisse made friends.
HOUSES and HOMES 8
A house is not a home.
Здание ещё не дом.
(proverb)

8.1 Types of Houses


1

castle

tower
palace

historical building

storey – этаж (о здании) (one-storey/two-


MEMORY BOX

storey/six-storey house)
floor – этаж (уровень внутри здания)
ground floor – первый этаж
first/second floor – второй /третий этаж
office building upper floor – верхний этаж

We live on the second floor of a ten-


storey building.

111
ë
NOTE look
A house can
чественный
grand – вели
антный
elegant – элег енный
ем
modern – совр чный
п ат и
pretty – сим ный, убогий
запу щ ен
shabby –
apartment house
multi-storey block of flats

cottage
skyscraper

Ex 1. Where do you think you can find the types of houses you see above? Place the houses
on the plan of a town/city.
Где, по вашему мнению, могут располагаться здания, которые вы видите на фото?
Поместите их на плане города.

re
business cent

residential area

main street

shopping area
MEMORY BOX

main street – главная улица


business centre – деловой центр
shopping area – торговая зона
residential area – жилой район
suburb – пригород

suburbs

112
Listening live – жить

MEMORY BOX
2
be situated – находиться/распола-
гаться
Listen to the dialogue and then read it. Give full
in the centre (of) – в центре
answers to the questions.
not far (from) – недалеко
Прослушайте и прочтите диалог. Дайте пол- conveniently situated – удобно рас-
ные ответы на вопросы. положен
railway station – железнодорожный
вокзал
– Where do you live? noisy – шумно
– We live right in the centre of the city, not far from bother – беспокоить
the railway station.
– Isn’t it rather noisy in your flat?
– The noise doesn’t bother us. My wife and I both work and we are not at home the whole day.
– Quite understand. You go to work by train and the flat is very conveniently situated.
– You’re quite right. And we like living in a big city.

1. What area do you live in? ..................................................................................................


2. Do you live in the center of the city or in the suburbs? ..........................................................
3. Do you live far from the place you work? ............................................................................
4. Is your flat/house conveniently situated? ...........................................................................
5. Is it noisy in your neighbourhood (микрорайон)? ................................................................
6. Do you live far from the railway station? .............................................................................

Ex 2. Translate into English the parts of the dialogues given in Russian.


Переведите на английский язык реплики диалогов 1–3, данные на русском языке.

1
– Which house do you live in?
– Я живу в том шестнадцатиэтажном доме.
........................................................................................................................................
– Oh, it looks quite modern. What floor do you live on?
– Я живу на двенадцатом этаже. Я бы хотел (I would like) жить на самом верхнем этаже.
........................................................................................................................................
– Is there a lift in your house?
– Конечно, есть. У нас три лифта. В нашем доме живёт много людей.
........................................................................................................................................

2
– What part of the city do you live in?
– Я живу в новом жилом районе Сосново.
........................................................................................................................................

113 Unit 8
– Is it far from the centre of the city?
– Да, это в пригороде. Я не люблю жить в центре. Там очень шумно (noisy).
........................................................................................................................................
– Neither do I. (Я тоже.) I would like to live in the country.

3
– Do you live in this cottage?
– Нет, я живу в большом доме на главной улице.
........................................................................................................................................
– Is it a new house?
– Нет. Это старый дом. Ему более 100 лет. Это историческое здание.
........................................................................................................................................
– Really? I’d like to see it.

Ex 3. Read the story and fill in the articles A, AN, THE, ZERO, where necessary.
Прочтите рассказ, поставьте артикли A, AN, THE, ZERO, где это необходимо.

(1)
........ man once built (2) ........ house for his dwelling (жилье). (3) ........ house was pretty, but
very small. He invited his (4) ........ friends to visit him. He wanted them to see (5) ........ new house.
(6)
........ friends came and looked at (7) ........ house. All of
them said something about it:
roof – крыша
MEMORY BOX
– (8) ........ front of (9) ........ house is very bad.
wall – стена
– There are not enough (10) ........ windows. window – окно
– (11) ........ windows are very small. door – дверь
– (12) ........ roof is not a good one. front door – входная дверь
– (13) ........ doors are too narrow. floor – пол
– (14) ........ ceilings are too low. ceiling – потолок
– (15)
........ wooden floors would be much better. room – комната
(16)
– ........ rooms are not big enough.
The man heard everything his friends said about his
home and then answered: Части единого целого, т.е. элементы,
– Indeed, it may be true, the house is small, but I have принадлежащие одному объекту,
not enough true friends to fill even this small house. всегда употребляются с определённым
артиклем THE.
 Everything in his house was made
of wood: the walls, the doors, the
floors, the window panes (рамы).
 She was a beauty. The
eyes, the nose, the lips –
her every feature (черта)
was perfect.

114
8.2 Rooms of a House

3
Ex 4. Read the text. Look at the picture and help Eric describe his house. Complete
the sentences with the words from the Memory Box. Listen and check your
answers.
Прочтите текст. Посмотрите на рисунок и помогите Эрику описать свой дом.
Дополните предложения словами из Memory Box. Прослушайте и проверьте
свои ответы.

Inside a Typical English House

Hi, my name is Erik. I live in a small


town in the south-east of England.
I live in a nice house. My house is
made of bricks (кирпич). I don’t rent
the house, I own my house. In
England more families own their
homes rather than (а не) rent them.
In my house there are three rooms
downstairs and three rooms
upstairs.
When you enter the house there
is a small (1) ......................... .
And then on the left there is the
(2)
......................... . It is nice and
big. Mother cooks our meals there.
Next to the kitchen there is the
(3)
......................... . There we have dinner at the
weekends. On the right there is the (4) ....................... . rent – снимать/арендовать
MEMORY BOX

own – владеть
It is where we watch TV.
upstairs/downstairs – верхний/
Upstairs, there are (5) ........................ . The (6) .............. нижний этаж (двухэтажного
................ is between the bedrooms. What I really like дома)
is my small (7) ......................... upstairs. It’s the room stairs – лестница
where I work or write letters. It is a nice room with a central heating – центральное
view. If you look out of the window, you can see my отопление
bedroom – спальня
mother’s beautiful garden.
living-room – гостиная
We have central heating which keeps our house warm. dining room – столовая
Some houses have an open fireplace but we don’t. study – кабинет
kitchen – кухня
bathroom – ванная комната
hall – прихожая

115 Unit 8
Ex 5. Jim writes a letter to his pen-friend in Germany. He also sends a photo of his house. Read
Jim’s letter and find the picture of Jim’s house.
Джим пишет письмо своему другу по переписке в Германии, он также посылает
фотографию своего дома. Прочтите письмо Джима и найдите фотографию его
дома.

We have a nice house. It is a one-story house. It doesn’t have any stairs. It


doesn’t have a first or a second floor. It doesn’t have a cellar. It does have an
attic. It has a chimney and a fireplace. The house is rather big. It has three
bedrooms and three bathrooms. It has a kitchen, a dining room and a living-
room. The living-room has a big sofa and a big TV. Our living-room is our family
room. We watch TV together. We play games in this room like Scrabble and
Monopoly. They are fun to play. We also enjoy playing football on our lawn in
the front yard. We have a big back yard, too. We don’t have a swimming pool.
We don’t have a garden. We have a two-car garage. My mom has a blue Cadillac.
My dad has a red Honda. I have a bicycle and a skateboard. My sister does,
too. She's a good skateboarder, for a girl. We live on a quiet street. We never
hear police sirens or fire sirens. I go to a nice school. Someday I will get
married. I will own a nice house on a quiet street. And I will have a swimming
pool in the back yard.

a.

b.

attic – чердак
MEMORY BOX

cellar – подвальное помещение


balcony – балкон
stairs – лестница
fireplace – камин
chimney – труба
front yard – полисадник
back yard – задний двор
lawn – лужайка/газон
garage – гараж
c. swimming-pool – бассейн

116
4 Listening
Listen to the dialogue twice and then tick () the sentences that are true. Listen again and check
your answers.
Прослушайте диалог дважды и отметьте предложения, соответствующие содержанию
текста. Прослущайте ещё раз и проверьте свои ответы.

TRUE FALSE

1. Connie rented a flat. £ £


2. Now Connie has got a flat of her own. £ £
3. Connie bought a small flat. £ £
4. The flat is rather big. £ £
5. Their two children share (делить) one room. £ £
6. Each child has got a room. £ £
7. The parents have to sleep in the living-room. £ £
8. There is a master bedroom in the flat. £ £
9. Now Connie lives in the centre of the city. £ £

Ex 6. Read the story. Complete the sentences with the words from the list below. There are
three extra words you don’t need to use.
Прочтите рассказ, дополните предложения словами из списка ниже. В списке три
лишних слова.

bedrooms  garage  home  attic  roof  back yard  house


window  lawn  swimming pool  bathrooms  garden

One day the father and his rich family took his son on a trip to the country. He wanted to show his
son how poor people live.
They spent a day and a night at the farm of a very poor family. When they returned home after the
trip, the father asked his son, “How was the trip?” “Very good, Dad!” “Did you see how poor people
can be?” the father asked. “Yaeh!” “And what did you learn?” The son replied: “I saw that we have
one dog at (1) ....................... and they have four. We have one (2) ....................... and they have
several – for people, for the dogs, for cows, and for chickens. We have just four (3) .......................
with four (4) ....................... upstairs, and they have a big (5) ....................... full of wonderfull old
things. We have a (6) ....................... in the (7) ....................... , and they have a big lake behind
the house. We have just one (8) ....................... in the front yard and they have grass fields that
reach to the horizon. We have imported lights in the (9) ....................... , and they have the whole
sky full of stars.” And the son added, “Thank you, Dad, for showing me how poor we are.”

117 Unit 8
Ex 7. Look through the furniture catalogue and choose some pieces for the rooms listed
below. Some words can be used more than once.
Просмотрите каталог мебели и подберите предметы мебели для перечисленных
ниже комнат. Некоторые слова могут быть использованы несколько раз.

wardrobe curtains
chest bed
5 of drawers mirror
lamp

bedside
table

dressing-table
The New Catalogue is full of smart pieces
for great everyday life at home TV set
armchair
sideboard

coffee table carpet/rug


bookcase table chair

shelf

NOTE
Существительное furniture –
ë
неисчисляемое, оно не имеет
формы множественного числa:
Furniture is...
Piece of furniture – отдельный
предмет мебели
coat rack desk

Bedroom .............................................................................................................................
Dining room ............................................................................................................................
Living-room .............................................................................................................................
Study ...................................................................................................................................
Hall ......................................................................................................................................

118
6 Ex 8. During the holidays Lucy is staying at her aunt’s. She writes a letter to her mother
and describes her room. Listen to the text and then read it.
A. Underline prepositions of place in Lucy’s letter. B. Answer the questions below.
Во время каникул Люси живёт у своей тёти. В письме к маме она описывает
свою комнату. Прослушайте и прочтите её письмо.
A. Подчеркните предлоги места в письме Люси. B. Ответьте на вопросы
ниже.
й)
h a s a s lo p in g (наклонны
of. It and look up a
t
ro o m . I t is under the ro a n li e in b e d
So, m y ow. I c e
g a n d a s k y light, no wind t h e r e is a white-and-blu
ceilin , and h
y . T h e b e d is dark wood w h it e d re ss ing-table, wit
the s k e is a e
e r . N ex t t o the bed ther ll. T h e n t h e re is a bedsid
bedco v ers as w e st
r o r , an d a c hest of draw a g a in s t t h e wall. It’s ju
a mir table re
, a la m p , a n d a very nice и к ) a n d le t ters. Then the
table (дневн hooks (крюч
ки)
f o r w r it in g up the diary , o n ly s o m e
right rdrobe
w o c h a ir s . I ’ve got no wa ’t b r ought very m
any.
are t s. I h a v e n the
or my clothe ight colours in
on the wall f rug wit h lo t s o f b r
all so
e r e is a w o n derful thick o n e b y m y b ed. I find it
Th small
d le o f t h e room, and a
mid
d romantic.
different an
PREPISITIONS OF PLACE
ПРЕДЛОГИ МЕСТА
on the right / on the left – справа / слева
at/against the wall – у стены
by the (window) – у
next to (the bed) – рядом с
in the middle of (the room) – посредине
in the corner (of) – в углу
under – под
above – над
between – между
around – вокруг
on – на

1. Why do you think Lucy’s room was “so different and romantic”?
......................................................................................................................................
2. What pieces of Lucy’s furniture do you like best? Why?
......................................................................................................................................
3. What piece of furniture did Lucy think very useful (полезный)?
.....................................................................................................................................

119 Unit 8
Ex 9. Fill in the gaps with prepositions of place from Grammar section above.
Заполните пропуски предлогами места из Грамматического пояснения выше.

My grandmother’s living-room is very nice. It is rather large. The walls (1) ..................... the living-
room are green. There is a table (2) ..................... the room with some chairs (3) ..................... it.
(4)
..................... of the door there is a sofa. (5) ..................... the sofa there are two large
armchairs. They are very comfortable. There are pictures (6) ..................... the wall
(7)
..................... the sofa. There is a piano in my grandmother’s living-room. The piano is
(8)
..................... of the door. Oh, yes, there is a stand lamp (9) ..................... the corner of the
room. The living-room doesn’t look modern, but it is very cosy.

7 Listening
Listen to two friends gossiping about Ann’s room. After listening to the conversation twice, write
where all these things are.
Вы услышите разговор двух друзей, которые сплетничают о комнате Энн. Прослушайте
разговор дважды и напишите, где находятся все эти предметы.

1. the table ................................................ ; 2. an old suitcase ................................................;


3. the narrow bed ...........................................; 4. some old chairs ............................................;
5. the pictures .................................................
Различия между предложениями:
There is a mirror on the table.
Ex 10. Translate the text from Russian into English. The mirror is on the table.
Переведите текст на английский язык. Первое показывает, что на столе есть
какой-то предмет (зеркало).
Второе сообщает, что обсуждаемый
Квартира моей тёти в новом многоэтажном
предмет на столе.
жилом доме. Она живёт на третьем этаже. В Как правильно выбрать структуру
квартире три комнаты – гостиная, спальня и предложения?
кабинет, в квартире также есть кухня и ванная Если русское предложение начинается
с обстоятельства места (где?), англий-
комната. Спальня – большая комната с двумя ское предложение начинается с обо-
окнами. Комната светлая, так как (as) окна рота there is/are.
большие. В спальне две кровати. Рядом с На столе ваза. There is a vase on the
кроватями тумбочки. На тумбочках лампы. table.
Ваза на столе. The vase is on the table.
Налево от двери туалетный столик, на нем
зеркало. У туалетного столика низкий стул. На
стенах несколько картин. Толстый тёмно-зелёный ковёр лежит между кроватями. Спальня
очень уютная. .....................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

120
8.3 Repairs and Redecoration
Ex 11. Review of tenses. Fill in the gaps with the time-words given in the list. There are three
words you don’t need to use. (see p. 104)
Заполните пропуски обстоятельствами времени из данного списка. В списке три
лишних слова. (см. стр. 104)

at the moment  often  two months ago  in 2009  now (x3)  all day long
usually  at present  next week  in the future  last week
every day  never  then  today

1. We bought the house only ............................ , but we are not living in it ............................ .
............................ we are redecorating the house. I hope we’ll move in ............................ .
2. I’m very tired. ............................ we repaired the fence. ............................ yesterday we
were painting the walls of the house. ............................ we are going to start on the windows.
3. We are living at my parents’ ............................ .
You know, I ............................ need my mom’s move in/out – въехать /выехать
MEMORY BOX
help when the children are ill. redecorate – делать космети-
4. I ............................ saw you at the fitness club ческий ремонт
last year. You ............................ come these repair – ремонтировать
days. – We are building a house of our own paint – красить
paper – клеить обои
............................ . Lots of work, you know. I
wallpaper – обои
have to help my husband. He is planting flowers plant – сажать (растения)
and bushes in the front-yard ............................ . build – строить
He says we’ll enjoy them ............................ .

Grammar
8 Ex 12. Translate into English the parts of the
dialogue given in Russian. Listen and HAVE + to-Infinitive
check your answers. Выражает должествование, свя-
Переведите реплики диалога на занное с обстоятельствами «вы-
нужден, придётся»
английский язык. Прослушайте и про-
 If you rent a house, you have
верьте свои ответы. to pay rent every month.
Если вы снимаете дом, вы
– Hi, Bess. This is Ann. How are you? должны платить аренду
каждый месяц.
– Fine, thank you. Where have you been?
– Oh, we’ve bought a house. I’ve been dreaming PRESENT have/has to
about it all my life. PAST had to
FUTURE will have to
– Congratulations! But buying a house, you get a lot
of problems. Вам придётся ремонтировать дом?  We have to look for a new flat.
........................................................................... The old one is too small for our
family. 
...........................................................................

121 Unit 8
– No, not the whole house, нам пришлось отре-
Для образования вопросительной
монтировать крышу .......................................... и отрицательной формы c HAVE
......................................................................... . TO используются вспомогатель-
– Oh, it’s much work. And what else? ные глаголы
– Нам также пришлось покрасить стены дома. Они PRESENT do/does/
были синими. Это было ужасно (awful). don’t/doesn’t
........................................................................... PAST did/didn’t
FUTURE will/won’t
...........................................................................
...........................................................................  Did you have to redecorate
– Вам пришлось ремонтировать окна? your new apartment?
– Yes and no. We didn’t have to
........................................................................... redecorate the rooms, but we
– No, we didn’t. They were all right. Но нам придется had to refurnish the kitchen.
наклеить новые обои в холле .............................. Вам пришлось делать ремонт
......................................................................... . в новой квартире?
– И да, и нет, нам не пришлось
И нам нужно (приходится) сделать космети- ремонтировать комнаты, но
ческий ремонт в комнатах ................................... мы вынуждены были
........................................................................... купить новую мебель
в кухню.
......................................................................... .
– Are you going to do it yourself?
– Да, нам придётся делать это самим (ourselves). Приглашать дизайнера очень дорого
(expensive) .......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
– Yes, I know. If you need my help, I’ll be happy to give you a hand. Mне нужно тренироваться
(practise), мы тоже собираемся купить дом ....................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

9 Reader’s Corner
Listen to the story and then read it.
Прослушайте и прочтите рассказ.

The Doll’s House


by Katherine Mansfield
(adapted)

When dear old Mrs Hay went back to town after staying with the Burnells she sent the Burnell
children a doll’s house. It was so big that they had to put it into the courtyard (двор). The doll’s
house was green with bright yellow. Its two little chimneys on to the roof were painted red and white,
and the door was yellow. Four windows, real windows, were divided into panes (рама) by green
paint. There was actually a tiny porch (крыльцо), too, painted yellow. Perfect, perfect little house!
The house-front could be swung back (откинуться), and – there you were, looking at one and
the same moment into the living-room and dining room, the kitchen and two bedrooms. That is
the way for a house to open! Why don’t all houses open like that?

122
“Oh-oh!” It was too marvelous! Kezia and Isabel had never seen anything like it in their lives.
All the rooms were papered. There were pictures on the walls, painted on the paper, with gold
frames (рама). Red carpet covered all the floors except the kitchen; red plush chairs in the living-
room, green in the dining room; tables, beds with real bedclothes (постельное белье), a cradle
(колыбель), a stove, a cupboard with tiny plates. But what Kezia liked more than anything was
the lamp. It stood in the middle of the dining room table, a little amber lamp with a white globe
(сосуд для масла). It was even filled all ready for lighting (зажечь). The father and mother dolls
were sitting in the living-room, and their two little children were sleeping upstairs.
The next morning the Burnell children ran to school. They burned (гореть желанием) to tell
everybody, to describe, to boast (хвастать) about their doll’s house. “I’m to tell,” said Isabel,
“because I’m the eldest. And you two can join in after”.
“And I’m to choose who’s to come and see it first. Mother said I might.” For it had been arranged
that while the doll’s house stood in the courtyard they might ask the girls at school, two at a time,
to come and have a look.
During playtime Isabel was surrounded by the girls of her class. And the only two stayed outside
the ring. They were the two who were always outside, the little Kelveys, Lil and Else. They were
not allowed to come near the Burnells. And other children, either. They were the daughters of a
hardworking little washerwoman. This was awful enough. And their father was in prison.
Days passed, and at last everybody had seen it except the little Kelveys. Everybody was speaking
about the doll’s house.
One day the Burnells had visitors. Kezia went into the courtyard and was swinging
(раскачиваться) on the big white gates. Looking along the road, she saw the Kelveys. Kezia
stopped swinging. She had made up her mind. “Hullo,” she said to the passing Kelveys, “You can
come and see our doll's house if you want to.”
But at that Lil turned red and shook her head quickly. “Why not?” asked Kezia. “Come on.
Nobody’s looking.” But Lil shook her head still harder. At last like two little stray (бездомный) cats
they followed across the courtyard to where the doll’s house stood. Lil breathed (дышать) loudly,
and our Else was still as a stone.
“Kezia!” It was Aunt Beryl’s voice. “How dare you ask the little Kelveys into the courtyard?” she
was very angry. “You know, you’re not allowed to talk to them.”
“Off you go immediately!” she called. When the Kelveys were well out of sight of Burnells’, they
sat down to rest by the side of the road.
What were their thoughts? They had forgotten the cross lady. Else smiled her rare smile. “I seen
the little lamp,” she said, softly. Then both were silent once more.

Ex 13. Guided summary. Describe the doll’s house using the “gap” plan.
Опишите кукольный дом, используя данный схематический план.

It was a ........................................ storey house. There were ........................................ upstairs


and ........................................ downstairs.

123 Unit 8
The house was nicely furnished. There were ........................................ on the walls in the living-
room and ........................................ in the dining room. There was also a wonderful
........................................ in the middle of the dining room table. In the kitchen there was
........................................ .
A dolls’ family: ........................................ occupied the house.

Ex 14. Answer the questions. For questions (1–5) choose the answer (a–c) which you think best
according to the text.
Ответьте на вопросы. Для вопросов (1–5) выберите ответ (a–c), который наиболее
точно передаёт содержание текста.

1. Why was the house placed in the courtyard?


It was placed in the courtyard because
a) it smelled (пахнуть) of paint.
b) it was very big.
c) the sisters wanted to show it to the girls from their class.

2. Why could one see all the rooms of the house at one and the same moment?
One could see all the rooms of the house at one and the same moment because
a) the house-front could be swung back.
b) the house was made of glass.
c) there was no roof.

3. What did Kezia like more than anything in the doll’s house?
a) She liked the pictures in gold frames on the walls of the living-room more than anything.
b) She liked the red plush chairs in the living-room more than anything.
c) She liked the little amber lamp in the dining room more than anything.

4. Who was to tell the girls at school about the doll’s house?
a) The eldest sister Isabel.
b) The mother Mrs Burnell.
c) Mrs Hay who sent the house.

5. Why weren’t the little Kelveys invited to see the house?


The little Kelveys weren’t invited to see the house because
a) they were in another class.
b) they couldn’t behave (вести себя).
c) they were the daughters of hardworking little washerwoman.
REVISION 2
(UNITS 5–8)
Ex 1. Find the opposites to the given words and do the crossword puzzle.
Подберите к данным ниже словам слова с противоположным значением и решите
кроссворд.

Across 
7 8 9
1. lazy
2. cheerful 10
3. weak 1 11
h a r d w o r k i n g
4. fast 12 13
5. old
2 3
6. small

Down  4 5 6
7. straight (hair)
8. thick
9. dark
10. wide
11. kind
12. short
13. beautiful

Ex 2. Fill in prepositions where necessary.


Вставьте предлоги, где это необходимо.

A. We don’t work. My husband and I are retired (на пенсии). Our life has changed (меняться).
We don’t get (1) .............. early (2) .............. the morning, because we don’t have to leave
home (3) .............. work. We have tea (4) .............. bed, read newspapers or listen (5) ..............
the radio. (6) .............. weekdays we clean (7) .............. the house, or go (8) .............. shopping.
Once (9) .............. a day we go (10) .............. long walks along the beach. Sometimes we go
(11)
.............. and meet our friends in a café. (12) .............. the evening we watch TV. We go
(13)
.............. bed (14) .............. half past eleven. (15) .............. Saturdays our children and our
grandchildren come over. We have a good time together.
B. She never dresses (1) .............. to work, she always wears a uniform at work, but that
evening she looked stunning. She took (2) .............. her usual dull white blouse. She was
dressed (3) .............. a tailor-made dress. It fitted (4) .............. her perfectly. Everybody was
looking (5) .............. her. She was wearing make-up, and she put (6) .............. her
grandmother’s ear-rings (серьги). All the women (7) .............. the party had their evening
dresses (8) .............. , but she was really the best.

125
C. Our survey (cоциологический опрос) on flat design showed that people always place a
wardrobe (1) .............. the wall, a round table – (2) .............. of the room, a sofa – (3) ..............
a TV set, a coffee table (4) .............. to the sofa, an armchair – (5) .............. of the room and
a desk (6) .............. the window.

Ex 3. Guided description. Describe what the people in the picture are doing, what they are
wearing, using the words from the box.
Опишите, чем заняты люди на фотографии,
как они одеты, используя данные слова.

a girl  Saturday  hair  buy  nice


the shop assistant  young  fair  light
do the shopping  top  slender  try on
dark  blouse  trousers  shop  wear
black  belt  have on  smart  have sale
match  fit  be on sale  suit

...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................

Ex 4. Match the two halves of the sentences (1–7).


Соедините начало и конец предложений (1–7).

А В
1. What does she a. the coat cost?
2. He is a big man, but b. faster than a train.
3. It is easy to recognize him, c. I’m looking for a red scarf.
4. I think a plane is much d. look like?
5. She is a middle-aged woman, e. he wears a beard and glasses.
6. How much does f. and her hair is turning grey.
7. Could you help me? g. he is gentle and friendly.
8. Our house is not far h. are too low.
9. The ceilings in modern flats i. from the shopping mall.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

126
Ex 5. Open the brackets, put the verb in the right tense form: Present, Past or Future Simple,
Present or Past Continuous.
Откройте скобки, поставьте глагол в соответствующую временную форму Present,
Past or Future Simple, Present or Past Continuous.

A. Why you (look) (1) ............................... at me in such a way (так)? – You (look) (2) ...............
........................... so beautiful today. – It (be) (3) ............................... a new dress. I (try on)
(4)
............................... it .........................now. I (buy) (5) ............................... it only
yesterday. When I (look for) (6) ............................... the dress, I (meet) (7) ...............................
Irene. She (do the shopping) (8) ............................... too.
B. I think I (wear) (1) ............................... the dress to Jack’s birthday party. – Jack’s birthday
party? – Yes, Jack (invite) (2) ............................... us to the party yesterday. – I (not/know)
(3)
............................... about that. When he (call) (4) ............................... ?
C. You know, Irene, his wife, always (call) (1) ............................... me in the evening. When we (talk)
(2)
............................... , Jack (take) (3) ............................... the receiver (телефонная трубка)
and (speak) (4) ............................... with me. – I see, he (call) (5) ............................... me, too
when I (drive) (6) ............................... to work, but I couldn’t (talk) (7) ............................... to him.
D. I’m sure Irene (have) (1) ............................... some stunning dress on tomorrow evening. She
never (show) (2) ............................... me her new things. She (like) (3) ...............................
to surprise everybody. And what (wear) (4) ............................... you ...............................
tomorrow? – I (not/know) (5) ............................... . I always (wear) (6) ...............................
the grey trousers and the blue shirt, you know. I like them.
E. Why don’t we (go) (1) ............................... and (buy) (2) ............................... something new
for you, too? Everybody (say) (3) ............................... I never (buy) (4) ...............................
you anything. They (not/know) (5) ............................... you (not/like) (6) ...............................
new things.
F. I (think) (1) ............................... about other things now. We (have to) (2) ...............................
redecorate the house when we move in. I know that the old owners (repaper and paint)
(3)
............................... the rooms last year, but still there is much work to do. You (forget)
(4)
............................... that they (ruin) (5) ............................... the garden when they (build)
(6)
............................... the garage.

Ex 6. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Сейчас половина восьмого. Семья собирается (get ready for) на работу. Светлана
одевается наверху в своей спальне. Дети завтракают и смотрят телевизор внизу в
кухне. Они делают завтрак сами (themselves). Скоро они отправятся в школу.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

127 Revision 2
2. Марк ездит на работу на (by) поезде. Он любит ездить на работу на поезде. Когда он
едет на работу на поезде, он может читать утренние газеты. Когда он возвращается (go
back) домой на поезде, он отдыхает после работы. После обеда он будет проверять
домашнее задание у своих детей. Иногда он ремонтирует что-нибудь в доме.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
3. У его жены много дел (have much to do) после работы. Она делает работу по дому. В
субботу они вместе (together) будут убирать дом и делать покупки. Им нужно также
купить мебель для нового кабинета Марка в подвальном помещении. Они хотят купить
письменный стол, кресло и книжные полки.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 7. It’s a survey on daily routine. Use the prompts to make questions. Read the answers first.
Это социологический опрос, касающийся распорядка жизни людей. Используйте
данные слова для составления вопросов. Прочтите сначала ответы.

1. get up / early? ..................................................................................................................


No, not every day. I’m a nurse. Some days I work in the morning, some in the afternoon.
2. go to work / by public transport / drive? ............................................................................
I prefer to use public transport. There is no problem with parking.
3. wear / uniform / to work? ....................................................................................................
No, I don’t. I work in an office.
4. lunch / have? ...................................................................................................................
I like having lunch with my colleagues in a small café outside.
5. how often / do the shopping after work? ..............................................................................
Never, I do the shopping with my husband on Saturdays.
6. buy clothes / wear to work / where? ....................................................................................
I prefer to buy my clothes at Harrods, when they have sale, of course.
7. the head of your department / handsome? .........................................................................
Our boss is a woman, and she is ugly, that’s why, I think, she is always angry.
FOOD. BUYING FOOD
9
Don’t live to eat, but eat to live.
Не жить, чтобы есть, а есть, чтобы жить.
(proverb)

9.1 Our Food


1 FRUITS pineapple
grapes
apple
BERRIES
plum

orange kiwi fruit


cherry lemon strawberry

banana
watermelon
pear

VEGETABLES
potatoes cucumber
onions tomato
cabbage

carrots lettuce
beans
mushrooms green peas

129
Ex 1. Look at “The Healthy Eating Plate1”. A. First listen to the words in the Memory Box and
then read the advice given by Harvard Medical School. B. Tell about your “Eating Plate”
using the model.
Посмотрите на схему здорового питания. А. Сначала прослушайте слова в Memory
Box, а затем прочтите советы, которые дают специалисты Harvard Medical School.
В. Используя модель, расскажите, какие продукты вы предпочитаете.

Today millions of people think about the food they food – пищевые продукты/

MEMORY BOX
2
eat. They want their food to be good and healthy. еда
Scientists advise2: fill half of your plate with healthy food – здоровое питание
science/scientist – наука/ученый
vegetables and fruits and a quarter of your plate with
dairy products – молочные про-
whole-grains. Healthy protein: fish, chicken, beans дукты
can make up the rest (остальное). Use vegetable milk – молоко
oils. cream – сливки
Complete your meal with a cup of water, tea or coffee with butter – масло
little or no sugar. cheese – сыр
Stay active – it is half of the secret of being fit and slim. yoghurt – йогурт
whole-grains – цельно-зерновые
продукты
Notes:
bread – хлеб
1
тарелка cereals – крупы 
2
советовать

The Healthy Eating Plate


Use vegetable oils for Drink water, tea or coffee
cooking and on salad. WATER with little or no sugar. Limit
Limit butter. HEALTHY milk or other dairy products.
OILS Have one small glass of
juice a day. Don’t drink
WHOLE sugary drinks.
GRAINS
The more vegetables – the VEGETABLES
better. Potatoes and French Eat whole-grains like
fries don’t count as brown rice, whole-grain
vegetables!!! HEALTHY bread and pasta. Limit
PROTEIN white rice and white bread.
FRUITS
Eat plenty of fruits of all
colours.
Choose fish, chicken, turkey,
Harward Medical School beans. Limit red meat, bacon
Harward Health Publications
and sausage.

130
MODEL:
rice – рис

MEMORY BOX
Now I see that my “Eating Plate” isn’t healthy: pasta – макароны
I don’t eat much vegetables, and I like red meat. meat – мясо
I’m a vegetarian: I don’t eat meat, and I eat a lot beef – говядина
of vegetables, fruit and beans. pork – свинина
chicken – курица
................................................................................. turkey – индейка
................................................................................. fish – рыба
drinks – напитки
.................................................................................
fruit juice – фруктовый сок
................................................................................. beer – пиво
................................................................................. wine – вино
mineral water – минеральная
вода
oil – растительное масло
sugar – сахар
sausage – колбаса salt – соль
ham – ветчина egg – яйцо
bacon – бекон
sweets – сладости
cake – торт, пирожное

Ex 2. What are the ingredients of a traditional Russian borsch? What do you need to make
some sandwiches? Write two shopping lists.
Какие продукты вам нужны, чтобы приготовить традиционный русский борщ и
сделать несколько бутербродов? Напишите два списка продуктов.

....................
....................
....................
....... ....................
................................. ....................
....... ....................
................................. ....................
....... ....................
................................. ....................
....... ....................
................................. ....................
....... ....................
.................................
.......
.................................

131 Unit 9
Ex 3. Singular or plural for the words in brackets? Put
A/AN/ONE where necessary.
Использовать слова в скобках в един-
Grammar
ственном или во множественном числе? Где
необходимо, поставьте A/AN/ONE.
SINGULAR or PLURAL?
1. You should eat more ...... (fruit) ................. . 2. There ЕДИНСТВЕННОЕ или
were cakes and ...... (fruit) ................. on the table. МНОЖЕСТВЕННОЕ ЧИСЛО?
I had some grapes, cherries and plums. 3. We have a lot 1. Многие названия продуктов пи-
of ...... (potato) ................. and ...... (carrot) ................. тания являются неисчисляемы-
in our kitchen garden this year. 4. Don’t put ...... (onion) ми именами существительными
................. into the salad. I hate ...... (onion) (можно посчитать только меры
веса или объёма): Butter – one
................. . – May I put only ...... small (onion) kilo of butter, milk – two liters of
................. ? 5. The doctor said that our child should milk.
eat ...... (carrot) ................. a day, but he doesn’t like Неисчисляемые имена суще-
...... (carrot) ................. . 6. We’re having a picnic. Shall ствительные не имеют множе-
I buy ...... (wine) ................. or beer? 7. They serve only ственного числа. Однако не-
которые из них могут использо-
Spanish ...... (wine) ................. here, I don’t like them, ваться и в форме множествен-
they are too sweet. I prefer French (wine) ................. , ного числа. В этом случае они
they are much better. обозначают разные сорта или
виды продуктов: fruit – fruits,
wine – wines, food – foods.
 The French always have red
wine with dinner.
USE OF ARTICLES WITH NOUNS OF MATERIAL  French wines are very good.
(MILK, WATER, MEAT, AIR, WINE, SNOW, OIL, etc.)
2. Когда слова potatoes, carrots,
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ
onions являются названием
С ВЕЩЕСТВЕННЫМИ
вида овощей (картофель, мор-
ИМЕНАМИ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫМИ
ковь), они используются во
множественном числе.
– в общем смысле – артикль не используется:
 We don’t need to buy potatoes,
 My son doesn’t drink milk, but he likes yoghurt. we have some at home.
– если существительное имеет индивидуализиру-  Carrots are good for the eyes.
ющее определение или это понятно из ситуации – Эти слова также могут исполь-
используется определённый артикль THE. зоваться в единственном числе:
 The bread you bought at the new bakery was very a potato (одна картофелина),
good. a carrot (один корешок мор-
 The bread isn’t fresh. Where did you buy it? кови), an onion (луковица).
– неопределенный артикль (A/AN) используется,  I need one carrot and one
только если перед названием продукта стоит опре- onion for the soup.
деление или речь идёт об одной порции: In a café: –
They give a very good coffee here.
 An ice and a coffee, please. (одна порция)

132
Ex 4. Fill in the articles ZERO, THE or A/AN where necessary.
Вставьте артикли ZERO, THE или A /AN, где это необходимо. (ZERO – ноль – зна-
чимое отсутствие артикля)

1. Would you like some tea? There is ...... tea in the teapot. ...... tea is hot. 2. I don’t have ...... tea
for breakfast, I always have ...... coffee with ...... cream and ...... sugar. 3. Would you have ......
bread and ...... butter as well? – No, thank you. I’d like a toast with ...... jam. 4. I like ...... fish, but
...... fish they serve here is not fresh. 5. My daughter doesn’t eat ...... red meat, only ...... chicken
or ...... fish. And she is so thin! 6. She doesn’t eat ...... butter either. It’s a pity! ...... butter her
grandmother makes herself is so good. 7. Men can’t live without ...... water and ...... food. 8. ......
food we buy at the supermarket isn’t always healthy. 9. ...... water is very cold, you can’t go
swimming here. 10. I’d like some milk, please. – We have only ...... nonfat milk. Good, that’s ......
milk I always buy. 11. Sometimes after work he has ...... beer or two. 12. They give ...... excellent
beer in our village pub.

3 listening
You are going to hear Connie and James discussing what they need for a picnic. A. What does
Connie/James want to buy for the picnic? Write two lists. B. Say why Connie didn’t like James’s
shopping list.
Конни и Джеймс обсуждают, какие продукты нужно взять с собой на пикник. А. Что хочет
купить для пикника Конни/Джеймс? Напишите два списка. В. Объясните, почему Конни не
понравился список Джеймса.

Connie
......................................................................
......................................................................
...................................................................... James
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................

В
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

133 Unit 9
PRONOUNS MANY/MUCH
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ MANY/MUCH
Тип существи- Исчисляемые Неисчисляемые
тельного существительные существительные
Русский язык
MANY MUCH
 You’ve bought too many rolls1,  Don’t put much sugar in your
we are only four. tea, you’d better take some honey.
МНОГО
A LOT OF
 We don’t need to do the shopping today. We have a lot of food in
the fridge and a lot of apples and plums in the cellar.

Ex 5. Translate the pairs of words from Russian into English.


Переведите на английский язык пары слов.

1. много рек ........................................  много воды ............................................


2. много тарелок ..................................  много супа ..............................................
3. много бутылок ..................................  много сока ..............................................
4. много чая ..........................................  много лимонов ......................................
5. много груш ........................................  много работы ........................................
6. много снега ......................................  много лет ................................................
7. много цыплят ....................................  много мяса ............................................
8. много денег ......................................  много машин ..........................................
9. много деревьев ................................  много яблок ............................................

MANY/MUCH or A LOT OF?


Many/much обычно употребля-
ются в вопросительных и отрица-
тельных предложениях (со зна-
чением «немного», «мало»).
 There aren’t many apples on
Ex 6. Fill in the spaces with MUCH/MANY or A LOT OF.
the apple-tree.
Заполните пропуски местоимениями MUCH/  You’re not right. There isn’t
MANY или A LOT OF. much salt in the salad.
 Is there much work to do?
1. There isn’t ................... time left, and we have to do В утвердительных предложениях
................... things before the party. 2. Please, don’t put значение «много» в основном пе-
................... pepper on the meat. 3. Will there be редаётся a lot of.
................... guests at the party? 4. I never eat  In summer we eat a lot of fruit
and vegetables.
1
слишком много булочек

134
................... bread with dinner. 5. Should I buy
................... bottles of Pepsi? 6. I don’t drink BUT! so much/many, too much/
many («так много, слишком
................... milk, I have milk only when I’m ill. 7. I don’t много»)
eat ................... mangoes, I’m allergic to them. 8. They  The boy had a stomachache
drink ................... tea in England. 9. There aren’t (боль в животе) yesterday
................... supermarkets in our town, but we have because he ate too much
French fries and too
................... small shops. 10. As our father is fond of many nuts.
fishing, we eat ................... fish at home.

PRONOUNS FEW/LITTLE, A FEW/A LITTLE


МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ FEW/LITTLE, A FEW/A LITTLE
Исчисляемые Неисчисляемые
существительные существительные

МАЛО FEW LITTLE


 Sorry, I can’t make a cake for tea today:
I have few eggs and very little milk and flour (мука).

НЕСКОЛЬКО – A FEW НЕМНОГО – A LITTLE


 There are a few pears left.  There is only a little juice in the pitcher.

Ex 7. Translate the pairs of words from Russian into English.


Переведите на английский язык пары слов.

1. мало окон ..........................................  мало воздуха ..........................................


2. мало снега ........................................  мало пшеницы (wheat) ............................
3. мало фруктов ....................................  мало витаминов ......................................
4. мало солнца ......................................  мало цветов ............................................
5. мало деревьев ..................................  мало травы ............................................
6. мало хлеба ........................................  мало сыра ..............................................
7. несколько стаканов ..........................  немного сока ..........................................
8. немного места (space) ......................  несколько столов ....................................
9. немного соли ....................................  несколько человек ..................................
10. немного масла ..................................  несколько яиц ........................................
11. несколько мальчиков ........................  немного шума (noise) ..............................

135 Unit 9
Ex 8. Fill in the gaps with MUCH/MANY, A LOT OF, LITTLE/FEW, A LITTLE/A FEW. Some
variants are possible.
Вместо пропусков вставьте MUCH/MANY, A LOT OF, LITTLE/FEW, A LITTLE/A FEW.
Возможны различные варианты ответов.

MEMORY BOX
– Hello, Lynn. I haven’t seen you for ages. You look be on a diet – быть на диете
great, you’ve lost weight and you look younger. Are put on weight – поправиться
you on a diet? lose weight – похудеть
– Thank you. Well, I won’t call it a diet. I just don’t eat be hungry – быть голодным
(1) (2)
..................... red meat, only ..................... be thirsty – хотеть пить
chicken and fish two-three times a week. But I eat
(3)
..................... vegetables: (4)..................... cucumbers
and tomatoes. Yes, and I have (5)..................... lettuce (a big bowl) with (6)..................... olive oil
and (7)..................... cottage cheese or (8)..................... chicken for dinner.
– And what about fruits?
– I eat (9)...................... apples and oranges, (10)..................... apples and two oranges a day,
and (11)..................... bananas, they are fattening.
– And is that all you do?
– I also take very (12)..................... sugar and butter, maybe once a week. And very
(13)
..................... bread, two slices a day. And do you remember how (14)..................... rolls
(булочки) I ate at university? Oh, don’t remind me! I also drink (15)..................... water, two
liters a day, very (16)..................... fruit juice and no milk. And that’s all, I think.
– And do you go to a fitness club?
– Not really, but I walk the dog three times a day, so I walk (17)..................... .

9.2 The Weekly Shopping


frozen foods
fresh meat counter frozen foods – свежезамо-
MEMORY BOX

4
роженные продукты
dairy products – молочные продукты
fresh meat counter – мясные про-
дукты
canned goods beverages
fresh produce – овощи и фрукты
baked goods – выпечка
bread – хлеб
canned goods – консервы
groceries – бакалея
beverages – напитки
checkout counter – касса
cash register – кассовый аппарат
cashier – кассир
fresh produce

136
dairy products

groceries
baked goods

bread
cash register

checkout
counter

cashier

5
Listening
Colin and Lynn are at the supermarket. A. Listen to their conversation twice. In the shopping list
tick () the things they were going to buy. B. Look at the picture above and say where they are
going to buy those things.
Колин и Лин сейчас в супермаркете. A. Прослушайте их разговор и отметьте в списке
продукты, которые Колин и Лин собираются купить. B. Посмотрите на рисунок супер-
маркета выше и скажите, в каких отделах магазина они собираются купить эти продукты.

£ Ten bottles of water £ Olive oil


£ Orange juice £ Breakfast cereal
£ Three bottles of milk £ Coffee
£ Butter £ Fruit
£ Vegetables £ Sausage
£ Meat

B
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

137 Unit 9
At the Checkout
– So, that’s 55 pounds
and 92 pence, please,
madam.
– Let’s see, I’m afraid
I don’t have enough
cash, so I’ll have to pay
with my credit card.

– Certainly, madam.

MEMORY BOX
cash – деньги наличными
pay with/by a credit card –
платить по банковской
карточке
enough – достаточно
change – сдача

Ex 9. Who says what? Match the sentences to the people and put them in the right order.
Sales assistant (A), customer (C).
Кто что говорит? Соотнесите реплики диалога с его участниками и поставьте
реплики в логической последовательности. Продавец (А), покупатель (С).

At the Cheese Counter

£ £ No, thanks. Then I’ll take a pound of Stilton and a piece of Cheddar instead.
£ £ Anything else?
£
1 £
A Whose turn (очередь) is it?
£ £ Yes, but only goat’s milk cheese.
£ £ Mine. Three slices of Gouda, please.
£ £ Do you have any soft cheese?

138
9.3 Small Shops

ë
NOTE е
и служб быта, которы
Названия магазинов де , вс егд а
каждом горо
можно встретить в ым ар ти кл ем
ределенн
употребляются с оп
bu tch er’ s, the baker’s, the grocer’s,
THE: the
e ne wsagent’s, the post
the greengrocer’s, th
.
office, the barber’s, etc
ь ис то ри чески и не связано с
Это сложилос
ого магазина.
указанием конкретн

6
Ex 10. Read the text. Write a list of goods you can buy in each of these small shops.
Прочтите текст и напишите небольшой список продуктов, которые вы
можете купить в каждом из этих магазинов.

In small towns and villages there used to be buy – покупать


MEMORY BOX

(раньше было) lots of small shops. However the sell – продавать


small shop in the UK is almost a thing of the past. deliver – доставлять
Many villages have lost their local “corner shop” go shopping / do the shopping –
or post office because of the supermarkets and делать покупки
big shopping centres. salesman/woman (shop assistant) –
продавец/продавщица
Small shops are often run (вести дело) by customer/shopper – клиент/покупа-
families. They usually specialize in some certain тель
goods. In small towns and villages you can find the goods – товары
butcher’s, the greengrocer’s, the baker’s, the dairy, butcher’s – мясной магазин
the newsagent’s and the general store. greengrocer’s – овощной
In these shops prices are often higher, than in baker’s – булочная
dairy – молочный магазин
supermarkets as they cannot buy their stock (запас)
newsagent’s – магазин периоди-
in large quantities (количество). However there is a ческих изданий
friendlier atmosphere and personal service. Some general store – различные товары
small shops even deliver to the home, newsagent’s
especially will deliver a newspaper to the door.

butcher’s greengrocer’s baker’s dairy newsagent’s


............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

139 Unit 9
7 Ex 11. Listen and then read the dialogue.
Прослушайте и прочтите диалог.

At the Bakery
bread – хлеб

MEMORY BOX
white/rye/wholegrain – белый/
JAMES: Hi, Connie. Back from the bakery already?
ржаной/цельнозерновой
CONNIE: I bought 10 rolls for tomorrow. roll/ban – сдобная булочка
AMY: Great. And what’s in the other bag? cake – торт, пирожное
CONNIE: Stones. pie – пирог
AMY: Stones? From the baker? croissant – круасан
CONNIE: Yes, I asked the saleswoman what these pancakes – блины
little cakes with chocolate and raisins are called flour – мука
and she said “stones”.
AMY: Haha! You misunderstood. They are called
scones.

Ex 12. Read the text, complete the sentences with the Grammar
names of the shops in which Sara did the
shopping.
Прочтите текст, заполните пропуски на-
PRONOUN “SOME”
званиями магазинов, в которых Сара делала
МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ “SOME”
покупки.
С неисчисляемыми существитель-
ными: «Некоторое количество,
Sara Smith, who lives in a small town in Passadena, went
немного» (на русский язык не
shopping. At 8 a.m., Sara got into her car and drove to переводится)
Barget, (1) ... the general store ..., a mile away. Barget  Buy some sugar and cocoa,
was having a holiday sale. Sara bought a toaster for please.
$29.95. The regular (обычный) price was $39.95. She  She added some oil to the
mixture.
paid by credit card.
She had a long shopping list. She needed some С исчисляемыми существитель-
vegetables, so she had to go to (2) ................ . Sara also ными во множественном числе:
wanted to talk to the shopkeeper, Mrs Green, about their «Несколько, какие-то, какие-
нибудь»
Garden Club. Sara didn’t have any bacon left and she
 Sara bought some cakes.
 But she forgot to buy some
muffins.
Местоимение SOME также
используется в формулах вежли-
вости, которые имеют форму
вопроса, но по сути не являются
вопросами.
 Would you like some cake?
 Some more coffee, please?

140
wanted some pork chops for their Saturday dinner. So,
(3)
................ was the next on her list. Then Sara PRONOUN “ANY”
dropped in to (4) ................ , she didn’t have any fresh МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ “ANY”
rolls for breakfast. С неисчисляемыми существитель-
ными: в том же значении в во-
On her way home, Sara stopped at MilkPlus, (5) ................ , просительных и отрицательных
to buy three cartons of nonfat milk. She remembered предложениях
that she didn’t have any butter in the fridge, she bought  Have you bought any sugar?
some butter, too. The milk and the butter were $3.50.  There isn’t any milk in the
fridge.
Sara got 50 cents back in change. She forgot to drop in
to (6) ................ to buy the newspaper for John. She С исчисляемыми существитель-
knew, John would be upset. ными во множественном числе:
Sara arrived home at 10 a.m. John and the kids were still в том же значении в вопроси-
sleeping. She woke them up and made a nice hot тельных и отрицательных пред-
ложениях
breakfast for everyone.
 They didn’t have any eggs.
 Did she buy any rolls?

Ex 13. Complete the sentences with SOME or ANY.


Заполните пропуски местоимениями SOME или ANY.

1. Would you like (1) ................ tea, Bella? – What shall we have for tea, mum? – I have got
(2)
................ milk and flour. I might make (3) ................ pancakes very quickly. – But we don’t
have (4) ................ eggs! – It’s a pity!
2. I’ll make you (5) ................ sandwiches to eat on the train. I’ve got (6) ................ ham and
cheese. – Great! But do you have (7) ................ vegetables? I’d like to have (8) ................
cucumbers or tomatoes, too.
3. Look, I’ve made a wonderful omelette for lunch: just (9) ................ mushrooms, (10) ................
ham and cheese. – Did you add (11) ................ onions? I hate onions!
4. Would you like (12) ................ coffee? – With pleasure. Excuse me, have you got (13) ................
coffee cream?
5. We have to do the shopping today. We don’t have (14) ................ meat or fish. – Do we have
(15)
................ vegetables? – None. And we don’t have (16) ................ dairy products. – Then
you’re right, we have to go shopping.

141 Unit 9
9.4 Containers and Quantities
a tub of yoghurt a bottle
of mineral water

a carton
of milk/eggs

a box of biscuits/chocolates
a tin of fish

a jar of jam/
mayonnaise
a bag of flour/chips
a can of Coca Cola/
tomato soup
a pack of cigarettes

а package
of croissants/hot dogs
a bunch of flowers/
radish

a cup of coffee
a piece of pizza/cake
a bowl of soup

a glass of milk/
Ex 14. Buy the following items: juice
Купите следующие продукты:

1. a ...................... of bread (буханка)


2. a ...................... of pizza (кусок)
3. a ...................... of peanuts (пакет) a loaf of bread
4. a ...................... of milk (бутылкa)
5. a ...................... of butter (фунт) a slice of bread/
6. a ...................... breakfast cereal (коробка) cheese
7. a ...................... of tea (чашка)
8. a ...................... of fish sticks (упаковка)

142
Ex 15. Amy, James and Connie went camping. Amy is at the village grocer’s, the only shop in
the area. She has got a long shopping list. Look at the pictures on the left and help Amy
to buy the foods. Fill in the spaces with the names of containers.
Эмми, Джеймс и Кони отдыхают в кемпинге. Эмми в единственном магазине в
округе. У нее большой список продуктов. Посмотрите на рисунки слева и помогите
Эмми сделать покупки. Вместо пропусков втавьте названия упаковок продуктов.

At the Grocer’s

AMY: Good morning. Well, I need a (1) ............................. of salt and three
(2)
............................. of fish, please.
SHOPKEEPER: Here you are.
AMY: And do you have any hot dogs? I need three (3) ............................. of these and
two (4) ............................. of milk.
SHOPKEEPER: Coming right away.
AMY: Well, I’d also like a (5) ............................. of pasta and a (6) .............................
of ketchup.
SHOPKEEPER: Do you need a big box or small one?
AMY: A big box, please, and I need a (7) ............................. of red wine, three
(8)
............................. of beer and a big (9) ............................. of chips.
SHOPKEEPER: Anything else?
AMY: No, thank you. How much is it?
SHOPKEEPER: It’s 12 pounds, 73 pence; please.
AMY: Can I pay by credit card?

8 Listening
Lynn is at the greengrocer’s. Listen to the dialogue twice and: A. Tick () the vegetables and
fruits she bought. B. Listen again and write how much of each she bought.
Лин в овощном магазине. Прослушайте диалог дважды и: А. Отметьте овощи и фрукты,
которые она купила. В. Прослушайте диалог ещё раз и напишите, какое количество
каждого из них она купила.
ë

NOTE
А. be on offer – в продаже (имеются)

В.
.......................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
......................................................................

143 Unit 9
Ex 16. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Мне, пожалуйста, пакет молока и буханку хлеба. 2. Одно пиво, пожалуйста, и несколько
пакетов чипсов. 3. Сколько стоят персики, пожалуйста? 4. Мне нужен один пакет муки и
фунт сахара, пожалуйста. 5. Могу я заплатить по банковской карте? 6. Сумка очень тяжёлая.
Я купила бутылку растительного масла, несколько баночек йогурта и пачку риса. 7. Я кладу
в это яблочное варенье мало сахара и немного лимонного сока. 8. Купи, пожалуйста,
немного салата и фунт фасоли. 9. На столе было много еды и различные фрукты и вина.
10. В зале было много людей, но мало столов. 11. Ты купил пирожные? После школы придут
друзья наших детей.
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

Reader’s Corner
9
Ex 17. Read the story.
Прочтите рассказ.

A. Put the verbs in brackets in the right tense. Listen and check your answers.
Поставьте глаголы в скобках в соответствующем времени. Прослушайте и проверьте
свои ответы.

The train (stop) (1) ............................. at a little station. A passenger (look) (2) .............................
out of the window of the train carriage and (see) (3) ............................. a woman who (sell)
(4)
............................. cakes. The man (not / have breakfast) (5) ............................. in the morning.
He (be) (6) ............................. hungry and (want) (7) ............................. to buy a cake.
The woman (stand) (8) ............................. rather
far from the carriage. The man (not/want)
(9)
............................. to get off to buy a cake himself
because he (be afraid) (10) ............................. to miss
the train. He (see) (11) ............................. a boy who
(walk) (12) ............................. along the platform near
the carriage. He (call) (13) ............................. the boy
and (ask) (14) ............................. him, “How much
(15)
............................. a cake (cost) ............................. ?”

144
“Threepence, sir”, (answer) (16) ............................. the boy. The man (give) (17) .............................
him a sixpence and said, “Bring me a cake, and with another threepence buy a cake for yourself”.
The boy (take) (18) ............................. the money and (go) (19) ................................... to the woman.
A few minutes later the boy (return) (20) ............................. . He (eat) (21) ............................. a cake.
He (give) (22) ............................. the man threepence change and (say) (23) ............................. , “The
woman (have) (24) ............................. only one cake left, sir”.

B. Unfortunately, the items of the plan for retelling the story have got mixed up. Put them in the
right order. Retell the story according to the plan using the key words below.
К несчастью, пункты плана для пересказа перепутались. Восстановите их правильный
порядок и перескажите рассказ по этому плану, используя данные ключевые слова.

£ 1. The man asks for help


See a boy; walk along; cost; give sixpence; for yourself
£ 2. A woman selling cakes
stand; buy a cake; get off; be afraid; to miss the train
£ 3. The traveler at a little station
stop; look out; train carriage; be hungry; see a woman
£ 4. The boy returns
Eat a cake; give threepence change; only one

10 Ex 18. Read the story.


Прочтите рассказ.

A. Fill in the articles: A/AN/THE/ZERO. Listen and check your answers.


Вставьте соответствующие артикли: A/AN/THE/ZERO. Прослушайте и проверьте свои
ответы.

A Bad Customer
............ man went into ............ shop and asked for ............
pound of ............ apples which cost one shilling. ............
shopkeeper gave them to him. Then ............ man asked, “Can
I exchange ............ apples for ............ pound of plums?
............ price is the same.” ............ shopkeeper agreed, she
took ............ apples back and gave him ............ plums.
............ man took them and was going to leave ............ shop.
............ shopkeeper asked him for ............ money.
“............ money for what?” asked ............ man.
“............ money for ............ plums”, said ............ shopkeeper.

145 Unit 9
“But I gave you ............ apples for ............ plumes”, answered ............ man.
“Well, then, ............ money for ............ apples.”
“But you still have your apples,” said ............ man and walked out of ............ shop.

B. Guided summary. Complete the story.


Краткий пересказ по заданной схеме. Завершите предложения.

A man came into ........................... . And asked for ........................... . The apples cost
........................... . Then he saw nice ........................... . The price was ........................... .
The man asked if he could ........................... . The shopkeeper ........................... and
........................... .
When the man was leaving ……………………………………………………………............................. .
The man looked surprised, he said ………………………………………………..............................… .
Then the shopkeeper wanted ........................... . “But I gave you ........................... ”, he said
and ........................... .

Ex 19. Read the story. In each pair of sentences below choose the right one. Add your own
sentences and retell the story.
Прочтите рассказ. В каждой паре предложений ниже выберите одно, полностью
соответствующее содержанию текста. Перескажите рассказ, добавив свои пред-
ложения.

A Melting Storey
by M. Twain

One winter evening a country shopkeeper was about to close his shop for the night. He went out
to shut the windows from outside and through the glass he noticed how a man in the shop quickly
took a pound of butter from a shelf and hid it in his hat.
“What fun I’ll have”, the shopkeeper said to himself as he thought of a way to punish the man for
stealing.
“I say, Seth,” said the shopkeeper, as he came in, and closed the door after him.
Seth already had his hand on the door, ready to leave the shop as quickly as possible.
“I say, Seth, sit down. On such a cold night as this, it is very pleasant to sit in a warm room”.
Seth didn’t know what to do. He had butter in his hat and he wanted to get out of the shop at once.
But the shopkeeper took Seth by the shoulder and made him sit close to the stove in a corner
among boxes and barrels.
“We’ll make it a little warmer, Seth,” the shopkeeper said as he opened the stove and put some
sticks inside. “If you are not warm enough, you’ll freeze when you go out on a night like this.”
Seth already felt the butter melting, and he jumped up and said he must go. “Not until you are
quite warm, Seth. I’ll tell you a story,” said the shopkeeper as he made Seth sit down again.

146
“But I must go to my cows. They … are hungry ….
I must go and feed them.”
Poor Seth, he didn’t know what to do. The butter
began to melt and came pouring from under his
hat down into eyes and mouth. The shopkeeper
was talking as if nothing was happening and
continued to put sticks into the stove.
The butter was now pouring down the poor
man’s face and neck and even down his body
into his boots, so that he was in a perfect bath of
oil.”
“Well, good night, Seth,” said the shopkeeper smiling, “if you really want to go.” Then he added,
as Seth started out of the door, “I say, Seth, I think the fun I had out of you is worth nine pence so
I won’t charge you for that pound of butter in your hat.”

1. £ a) Through the window glass the shopkeeper saw a man who was looking for
something on the shelf of his shop.
£ b) Through the window glass the shopkeeper saw that a man hid a pound of butter in
his hat.

2. £ a) The shopkeeper wanted to punish the man.


£ b) The shopkeeper wanted to make the man pay for the butter.

3. £ a) The shopkeeper didn’t let the man leave the shop without paying for the butter.
£ b) The shopkeeper didn’t let the man leave the shop.

4. £ a) The shopkeeper made Seth put the sticks into the stove.
£ b) The shopkeeper made Seth sit down by the stove in the corner.

5. £ a) The shopkeeper didn’t show that he noticed the butter pouring down the man’s
face.
£ b) The shopkeeper didn’t notice the butter pouring down the man’s face.

6. £ a) The shopkeeper didn’t charge Seth nine pence for the butter because of the fun
he had had.
£ b) The shopkeeper charged Seth nine pence for the butter.
10 KEEPING HOUSE

10.1 In the Kitchen


Kitchen is often called the heart of home. It is not only the place where we cook food. Modern
women go out to work. They are busy and have less time to cook. The role and design of the family
kitchen has greatly changed. Family often eat in the kitchen and invite friends over to dinner. So,
kitchens have to be convenient (удобный) and “look good”.

1
oven sink
freezer microwave cupboard/kitchen
cabinet
fridge/ grill tap
refrigirator

washing
dishwasher mashine

wastebin

148
Ex 1. Translate into English the parts of the dialogue given in Russian.
Переведите на английский язык реплики диалога, написанные на русском языке.

– While I study at university, I rent a flat.


– Is it nice?
– Мне она нравится. В квартире одна комната, маленькая кухня, ванная комната и холл.
......................................................................................................................................
– В квартире есть мебель?
......................................................................................................................................
– Yes, it’s furnished1.
– And what about the kitchen?
– В кухне есть шкаф для посуды, холодильник и плита.
......................................................................................................................................
– Perfect. Everything you need for the time being (на данный период).

cooker/stove
frying pan
bottle pot
2 saucepan glass

pitcher
plate

cup
saucer

kettle
mug

teapot
bowl

table cloth Cutlery


napkin knife spoon teaspoon
fork

1
меблированный

149 Unit 10
Ex 2. Look at the pictures of the kitchen above and answer the questions.
Посмотрите на изображение кухни выше и ответьте на вопросы.

1. What is there on the table? ................................................................................................


2. What is there on the cooker? ............................................................................................
3. What is there on the cupboard next to the cooker? ...............................................................
4. What is there hanging on the wall? ....................................................................................
5. What is there on the shelf? ...............................................................................................

Ex 3. What do we need to ...


Какие предметы на кухне нам нужны, чтобы ...

1. make tea? ....................................................................................................................


2. fry fish? ........................................................................................................................
3. make soup? ..................................................................................................................
4. eat soup? ......................................................................................................................
5. drink some juice? – ... a glass ...
6. cut bread? ....................................................................................................................
7. have some coffee? ........................................................................................................
8. eat some meat? ............................................................................................................

Listening cook – готовить еду


MEMORY BOX
3
bake – печь
keep/store – хранить
Listen to Eric telling about his kitchen. Match the household
freeze – замораживать
appliances in column A with their functions in column B. wash – стирать, мыть
Прослушайте рассказ Эрика о его кухне. В колонке В wash up – мыть посуду
подберите слова, которые описывают, для чего исполь- dry – вытирать насухо
зуется каждый предмет из списка А.

A B
1. Electric cooker a. cook food quickly
2. Fridge b. make meals
3. Freezer c. wash clothes
4. Oven d. keep plates and cups
5. Microwave e. freeze food
6. Washing machine f. keep food cool
7. Dishwasher g. bake cakes
8. Cupboards h. wash cups and plates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

150
10.2 Making a Meal

4
Ex 4. Listen to the text and then read it. Find in the text and write down the phrases
that mean:
Прослушайте, а затем прочтите текст. Найдите в тексте и запишите следу-
ющие выражения:

1. открыть холодильник ......................................................................................................


2. вынуть из пакета ............................................................................................................
3. разрезать сосиску ........................................................................................................
4. поджарить сосиску ........................................................................................................
5. тосты готовы ................................................................................................................
6. добавить ломтики лука и яблока ......................................................................................
7. сделать бутерброд ........................................................................................................

A Good Sandwich COOKING –

MEMORY BOX
приготовление еды
Gordon was hungry. He opened the refrigerator. “There meal – еда, принятие пищи
must be something in here to eat,” he thought. There was – be hungry – быть голодным
a single (единственный) hot dog. be thirsty – хотеть пить
He took it out of its package and put a small frying pan eat (ate) – есть
boil – кипеть, варить
onto the stove. He turned on the gas. Then he poured a
fry – жарить (в масле)
little bit of vegetable oil into the pan. He sliced the hot dog in roast – жарить (на огне)
half lengthwise (вдоль). Then he put the two halves in the pan. pour – наливать
About a minute later, he turned each half over. After another
minute, he took the hot dog out of the pan. Gordon put two
slices (ломтик) of bread into the toaster.
When the toasts were ready, he put mustard (горчица), mayonnaise, and ketchup on one slice.
Then he added two slices of onion. On top of (поверх) the onions, he placed the hot dog. On top
of the hot dog, he put a couple of slices of apple. Then he added some bits of hot (острый) green
chili, and then put the top piece of toast onto the chili bits.
“Ahh, what a sandwich!” he thought, as he sat down to eat.

PREPOSITIONS
put in (the pan)
– положить в
put into (the toaster)
put onto (the cooker) – поставить на
pour into – налить в
take out of – вынуть из
turn on/off (the gas) – включить/выключить
turn over – перевернуть

151 Unit 10
Ex 5. Fill in the gaps with the right prepositions.
Заполните пропуски соответствующими предлогами.

1. Mother poured some water ................. the pot and put it ................. the cooker. 2. She turned
................. the gas. 3. After the water boiled, she put some vegetables ................. the boiling
water. 4. She added some herbs («зелень») ................. the boiling soup. 5. She put some pieces
of meat ................. the pan and fried them. 6. Ten minutes later she turned the pieces
.................. 7. When the meat was ready, she turned ................. the gas. 8. She took the meat
................. the frying pan and put it ................. a plate. 9. Dinner was ready, mother put a bottle
of red wine ................. the fridge. 10. She put three plates, spoons, forks and knives .................
the table.

5 Ex 6. Listen to the text and then read it. Put the recipes of pasta and salad in the
correct order.
Прослушайте и затем прочтите текст. Установите правильную последо-
вательность в рецептах приготовления пасты и салата.

The Light Eater

Oscar hadn’t eaten all day, but that was okay. Many scientific studies
(научные исследования) said that the less people eat, the longer they live.
Oscar wanted to live long. So, he decided to have only two meals a day.
Sometimes he ate only one meal a day.
It was 11 p.m. Oscar peeled and ate a banana. He filled a pot with water,
put the pot on the stove, and turned on the gas. Then he sliced six radishes,
salted them lightly, and ate them. Then he washed
and ate two celery stalks. After that, he ate a half
cup of nuts. He cut a lemon in half, and then COOKING –
MEMORY BOX

squeezed all the lemon juice into an empty cup. приготовление еды
When the water in the pot began to boil, he took a fill (with) – наполнить
box of pasta1 from the cupboard. He added two cut – резать/нарезать
cups of pasta to the boiling water and set the chop – мелко нарубить
timer. While the pasta was cooking, Oscar took a slice – нарезать ломтиками; ломтик
peel – очищать (фрукты/овощи);
cucumber out of the fridge. He peeled it, sliced it,
кожура
salted the slices, and ate them all while he read a grate – натереть (на тёрке)
popular weekly news magazine. Finished with the squeeze – выжимать
cucumber, he sliced a pear and ate it. add – добавить
The timer went off. The pasta was ready. Oscar put it mix (up) – смешивать
into a bowl. He added a tablespoon of butter to the hot stir (up) – размешать
serve – подавать (еду)
pasta. Then he poured the lemon juice onto the pasta.
strain off – отцеживать (через
дуршлаг)
1
итальянские макаронные изделия

152
He chopped up part of a red onion and mixed it into the pasta. He stirred a can of fish into the
pasta. He grated parmesan cheese onto the pasta. He sat down at his dining room table, and
began eating.
When Oscar finished the pasta, he poured cold nonfat milk into a large glass, sat down, and drank
it with half a bar of chocolate.
“Now, that was worth waiting for the meal”, he thought.

Pasta Vegetable salad


£ Set the timer. £ Add some olive oil.
£ Add the sauce to the pasta. £ Salt the vegetable mixture.
£ Fill a pot with water. £ Wash the vegetables: cucumbers,
£ Add some pasta to the boiling water. lettuce, radish, tomatoes.
£ Put the pasta in a bowl. £ Shred the lettuce.
£ Add some butter. £ Peel the cucumbers.
£ Prepare the sauce: mix some chopped onion, £ Mix up the vegetables with the oil.
a can of fish and some lemon juice. £ Slice tomatoes, cucumbers,
£ Grate parmesan cheese onto the pasta. radishes.
£ Boil the water.
£ Strain off the hot water from the pasta.
£ Cook the pasta.

6 Ex 7. Listen and then complete the sentences with words/phrases from the dialogue.
Listen again to check your answers.
Прослушайте диалог и дополните предлoжения словами/фразами из про-
слушанного текста. Прослушайте ещё раз и проверьте свои ответы.

BOB: Look, this advertisement (объявление) says that the restaurant “Paris” is giving a prize
to (1) ................. from a private person.
ANNE: You’re not going to…
BOB: Yes, (2) ................. in caramel sauce will beat all the rest.
ANNE: I feel sorry (3) ................. already.
BOB: And when I win I’ll treat you all to (4) ................. .
ANNE: Thanks, just don’t, please, (5) ................. your fish in caramel sauce for us.

153 Unit 10
THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
Мы часто объясняем настоящую ситуацию тем, что что-то произошло. В английском языке для
этого используется the Present Perfect Tense, которое показывает, что действие завершено и
в настоящем времени имеется результат этого действия.

Правильные глаголы + -ed


HAVE + Past Participle
Неправильные глаголы (см. Appendix 3)

В данном случае HAVE – вспомогательный глагол. Он указывает время, лицо и число и своего
значения не имеет.
КРАТКАЯ ФОРМА
I / you / we / they have done I’ve / you’ve / they’ve done
He /she / it has done he’s / she’s / it’s done

 I have washed all the vegetables, now you can


make the salad. The Present Perfect Tense обычно
употребляется с такими наречия-
ми как already – уже, yet – ещё не
(«уже» в вопросе), just – только
что, ever – когда-либо (в вопросе),
Ex 8. Explain the present situation by saying what never – никогда.
has happened. Use the Present Perfect Tense Обратите внимание на место ука-
of the verb in brackets. занных наречий:
Скажите, что произошло, чтобы объяснить HAVE already DONE
настоящую ситуацию. Поставьте глаголы в just
скобках в Present Perfect Tense. never
 Have you ever made an Irish
1. The plate is empty. Sam and Dave (eat) ............. stew?
............... all the sandwiches. 2. Why are you upset?  I have already boiled the water.
Jane (break) ............................ my favourite cup. ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФОРМА:
3. I (peel) ............................ the apple. Now you can Вспомогательный глагол have, как
grate it. 4. Don’t put salt into the soup. Mother обычно, выдвигается на место
already (add) ............................ some. 5.The water перед подлежащим.
isn’t boiling. – Oh, I (turn off) ............................  I’m going to serve the pasta.
Have you added any butter to
the gas. 6. Why are you crying? Look, I (chop) the pasta? – Yes, I have.
............................ three onions. 7. I (slice)  Have you washed the
............................ the vegetables, now you can add vegetables? – No, I haven’t.
some oil.
ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНАЯ ФОРМА:
Краткая форма
Have + not done  haven’t donе
Has + not done  hasn’t done

 It’s 8 o’clock and you haven’t


finished your breakfast yet.

154
Ex 9. Ananda is teaching Liz how to make curry sauce. She gave her the recipe and now she is
checking if everything is done right. A. Look at the recipe, ask questions and give a positive
or negative answer as in the model. B. Ananda explains to Liz what she has done wrong.
Ананда учит Лиз готовить соус карри. Она дала Лиз рецепт соуса и теперь
проверяет, всё ли сделано правильно. A. Посмотрите на рецепт, задайте вопросы
и дайте положительный или отрицательный ответ по модели. B. Ананда объясняет
Лиз, что она сделала неправильно.

The Curry Sauce


A
 1. Served with small biscuits, French bread or potato chips.
Have you bought some French bread or potato chips? — Yes, I have.
 2. Mix up some cream cheese with mayonnaise.
...........................................................................................................................
3. Chop one onion.
...........................................................................................................................
 4. Grate an apple and stir into the cheese mixture.
...........................................................................................................................
5. Add two teaspoonfuls of curry.
...........................................................................................................................
6. Put a little salt and pepper.
...........................................................................................................................

В. You’ve done everything right, Liz, but you haven’t chopped ............................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
That’s why it doesn’t taste good.

Ex 10. Translate the sentences from Russian into English. Pay attention to the “signal words”
to use the Present, Past or Future Simple, the Present Continuous or the Present Perfect
Tense in its right place.
Переведите предложения на английский язык. Обратите внимание на «сигнальные
слова», которые указывают на применение the Present, Past or Future Simple, the
Present Continuous or the Present Perfect Tense.

1. Что ты делаешь? – Я варю курицу. Я никогда не жарю мясо. Я на диете. 2. А ты жаришь


рыбу? – Да, вчера я жарила рыбу на ланч. 3. Я уже сварила суп (soup), мы можем обедать.

155 Unit 10
– Спасибо, но я не ем суп. – Но вчера же ты ела суп. – Это был холодный фруктовый суп, я
его люблю. 4. Мне нравится твой салат. Как ты его делаешь? – Я режу oвощи очень мелко
или тру их на терке. – Завтра я сделаю такой (such a) салат. 5. Пока я варю кофе, ты можешь
нарезать хлеб и сделать тосты. – Я только что сделал тосты. Вот они на тарелке. 6. Не вари
кофе, я завариваю чай. Я уже нарезала сыр и сделала апельсиновый сок. 7. Марк уже
почистил картошку. Включи газ и поставь сковороду на плиту. Мы будем жарить картошку
(в масле). 8. Пожалуйста, добавь немного соли в суп и переверни мясо на сковороде.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

10.3 Cleaning and Tidying Up


7 Ex 11. Read the text. Complete the do the rooms/flat – убирать в
MEMORY BOX

sentences with the phrases (A–G ). комнатах/в квартире


Listen and check your answers. clean – чистить, приводить в
порядок
Прочтите текст. Дополните пред-
tidy up – убирать, приводить в
ложения в тексте фразами (A–G). порядок
Прослушайте и проверьте свои dust – пыль, вытирать пыль
ответы. duster – тряпка, щетка для выти-
рания пыли
A. with a broom E. in the right place sweep – подметать
B. do in the house F. a vacuum-cleaner vacuum-clean/do the vacuum-
C. all over the place G. some dust cleaning – чистить пылесосом
broom – метла/веник
D. with a duster
mop – швабра
be all over the place – быть
A Woman’s Work is Never Done разбросанным по всей кварти-
ре
The mother of a family has a lot of work to (1) . There £ be (in) a mess – быть в беспо-
is always (2)
£ on the floor. So, she sweeps the floor (3) рядке/«вверх дном»
£ or cleans it with (4) £
(vacuum-cleans it). There is
always some dust on the furniture, too. She dusts the
furniture (5) £.

156
Mother doesn’t like when the things are (6) £ . She says, “The right thing –
is (7) £
.”
Doing the rooms, cooking meals, washing and
washing up take a lot of time. There is always
something to do. Woman’s work is never done.

8 Listening
Lynn and Colin are going to do the spring cleaning of their flat. Listen to PROMPTS:
the dialogue twice and say who did what. cobwebs – паутина
Лин и Колин собираются делать весеннюю уборку в квартире. treat to – угостить
Прослушайте дилог два раза и скажите, какую работу выполнял
каждый член семьи.

Lynn ...................................................................................................................
Colin ...................................................................................................................
James ...................................................................................................................

9
Ex 12. Listen to the dialogue and then read it. Answer the questions.
Прослушайте и прочтите диалог. Ответьте на вопросы.

AMY: I hate spring cleaning!


JAMES: But you’ve always been a good girl, you have to help your mother.
AMY: And what about you? Your room is a mess, and the study is awful.
JAMES: I’ve got two left hands when it comes to cleaning. What do you think about a cleaner?
AMY: I think Mum would be very happy.

1. Do the children want to help mother do the spring cleaning? Why do you think so?
.....................................................................................................................................
2. Why does James think that Amy has to help mother?
.....................................................................................................................................
3. Why does Amy think that James has to do most (большую часть) of the work?
.....................................................................................................................................
4. What does James suggest (предлагать)?
.....................................................................................................................................
5. What do you think the idiom “have two left hands” means?
.....................................................................................................................................

157 Unit 10
Ex 13. Teddy’s grandmother is ill. In the morning Teddy came to help his granny with the
housework. It’s 3 o’clock in the afternoon. Teddy wants to go and play football with his
friends. He calls his mother. Look at the pictures and say what he has/hasn’t done. Use
the prompts.
Бабушка Тедди заболела. Он пришёл помочь ей. Посмотрите на картинки и
скажите, какую работу Тедди выполнил и что он не сделал.

I’ve done everything you told me to do, mum. Can I go and play football, pease?

+ +
1. Do the shopping – I’ve done the shopping. 2. Vacuum-clean the living-room
.....................................................................
.....................................................................

+ +
3. Wash the kitchen floor 4. Make lunch
..................................................................... .....................................................................
..................................................................... .....................................................................

158
– –
5. Wash-up the dishes / put in the dishwasher 6. Repair the TV set / never do it
.....................................................................
— I haven’t washed-up the dishes, I put .....................................................................
them into the dishwasher.

7. Water the flowers / forget


.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Ex 14. Lynn, Amy and James’s mother, calls to talk to the cleaner, Mrs Neat. Put the verbs in
brackets in the right tense (Present Perfect, Past Simple, Future Simple, Present
Continuous).
Мама Эми и Джеймса звонит, чтобы поговорить с миссис Нит, которая убирает их
квартиру. Поставьте глаголы в скобках в соответствующем времени.

– Hello, Mrs Neat. I call just to ask if you (find) .................................... everything you need.
– Yes, Mrs Morris. I (come) .................................... two hours ago. I (do) ....................................
James’ room now.
– I’m sorry, it’s such a mess.
– Never mind. I already (clean) .................................... the kitchen and I just (finish)
.................................... the living-room.
– Great! .................................... you (vacuum-clean) .................................... the carpet in
the living-room?
– Certainly, Mrs Morris. I (do) .................................... it the first thing I came.

159 Unit 10
– Thank you. .................................... you (tidy up) .................................... the bedroom?
– I (do) .................................... it later, after the James’s room.
– Yes, certainly. .................................... you (dust) .................................... the books in the
study?
– Oh, no. I (forget) .................................... . I (do) .................................... it right away
(сейчас же).
– Thank you, Mrs Neat. Everything (be) .................................... perfect, as usual.

10 Reader’s Corner
Read a passage of the book and match the headings (A–F) below to the paragraphs (1–5). There
is one extra heading in the list.
Прочтите отрывок из повести и подберите заголовки (A–F) к абзацам текста (1–5). В списке
есть один лишний заголовок.

A. Montmorency’s Contribution D. Peeling Potatoes


B. George Suggests Making an Irish Stew E. The Cook Book Instructions
C. A Great Success of the Irish Stew F. The Other Ingredients

Three Men in a Boat (to Say Nothing of the Dog)


by Jerom K. Jerom
(adapted)

1. £ We decided to go back to one of the Shiplake islands, and put up (расположиться)


there for the night. It was still early when we got settled (устроиться), and George said
that, as we had plenty of time, it would be great to try a good, slap-up (на скорую руку)
supper. He said he would show us what could be done up the river in the way of cooking,
and suggested that, with the vegetables and the remains (остатки) of the cold beef and
general odds and ends (всякая всячина), we should make an Irish stew.
2. £ It seemed a fascinating idea. George gathered wood and made a fire (костер), and
Harris and I started to peel the potatoes. I had never thought that peeling potatoes was
such a difficult job. It turned out (оказаться) to be the biggest thing that I had done. We
began cheerfully, but the happy mood was gone by the time the first potato was finished.
The more we peeled, the more peel was left on; by the time we had got all the peel off,
there was no potato left. George came and had a look at it – it was about the size of a
peanut. He said: “Oh, that won’t do! You're wasting (пропадать зря) them. You must
scrape (скрести) them.”
So we scraped them, and that was harder work than peeling. We worked steadily for
five-and-twenty minutes, and did four potatoes. We said we should require (требовать)
the rest of the evening for scraping ourselves. I never saw such a thing as potato-

160
scraping for making a fellow in a mess. It seemed difficult to believe that the potato-
scrapings in which Harris and I stood could have come off four potatoes.
3. £ George said it was absurd to have only four potatoes in an Irish stew, so we washed half-
a-dozen or so more, and put them in without peeling. We also put in a cabbage and
about half a packet of peas. George stirred it all up, and then he said that there was a
lot of room left, so we picked out all the remnants (остатки), and added them to the
stew. There were half a meat pie and a bit of cold boiled bacon left, and we put them in.
Then George found half a tin of canned salmon, and he emptied that into the pot. He
said that was the advantage (преимущество) of Irish stew: you got rid of (избавиться)
such a lot of things. I fished out a couple of eggs that had got broken, and put those in.
4. £ I forget the other ingredients, but I know nothing was wasted; and I remember that,
towards the end, Montmorency, our dog, who had watched our work with great interest,
appeared with a dead water-rat (крыса) in his mouth, which he wished to present as his
contribution (вклад) to the dinner. We had a discussion as to whether the rat should go
in or not. Harris said that he thought it would be all right. But George said he had never
heard of water-rats in Irish stew, and he would rather not try experiments.
Harris said: “If you never try a new thing, how can you tell what it’s like? Such men as
George hamper (препятствовать) the world’s progress. Think of the man who first tried
German sausage!”
5. £ It was a great success, that Irish stew. I don’t think I ever enjoyed a meal more. There
was something so fresh and piquant about it. Here was a dish with a new flavour
(аромат), with a taste (вкус) like nothing else on earth. And it was nourishing
(питательный), too. As George said, there was good stuff in it. The peas and potatoes
might have been a bit softer, but we all had good teeth, so that did not matter much: it
was a poem – a little too rich, perhaps, for a weak stomach, but nutritious.
We finished up with tea and cherry tart.

Ex 15. Make a list of ingredients the friends used to make the Irish stew.
Составьте список продуктов, которые друзья использовали для ирландского рагу.

THE INGREDIENTS:
1. Potatoes
..................................... 6. .....................................
2. ..................................... 7. .....................................
3. ..................................... 8. .....................................
4. ..................................... 9. .....................................
5. .....................................
11 THE ENGLISH MEALS

Eat at pleasure, drink with measure.


Ешь вволю, а пей в меру.
(proverb)

11.1 When and What the Englishmen Eat

1 Ex 1. Read the text. Fill in the gaps with the words or phrases from the box below.
Listen and check your answers.
Прочтите текст. Заполните пропуски данными ниже словами или фразами.
Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

For dinner  meals  dinner


a very light meal  twelve and two meal – еда, принятие пищи
MEMORY BOX

It’s tea or supper.  the biggest meal light/heavy meal – лёгкая/обиль-


ная еда
a kind of ritual  a cup of tea  lunch
main meal – самая плотная/основ-
supper  a packed lunch  after supper ная еда (в течение дня)
a glass of milk  is drinking tea breakfast – завтракать
cold meat or fish lunch – есть ланч
HAVE tea – пить чай
The English take four (1) ............................ a day: dinner – обедать
breakfast, (2) ............................ , tea, dinner or supper – ужинать
(3)
............................ . In England breakfast is have (salad) for lunch /dinner, etc –
есть (салат) на ланч/обед
between seven and nine, lunch time is between
(4)
packed lunch – ланч, принесённый
........................... , tea is between four and six and из дома
(5)
............................ or supper time is between seven
and ten.
(6)
In some English houses lunch is ............................ of the day. Some people take
(7)
............................ to work.

162
Tea is (8) ............................ called afternoon tea. It consists of (9) ............................ and a cake.
This has become (10) ............................ . At this time everything stops for tea in England. The
whole nation (11) ............................ .
Some Englishmen have their dinner late in the evening. (12) ............................ they have meat or
fish, vegetables, pudding and fruit. Many English working class families eat dinner in the daytime.
They have their last meal between five and seven. (13) ............................ .
For supper they usually have (14) ............................ and a cake or a cup of tea and a sandwich,
some have also (15) ............................ . Then they usually try to have a good walk
(16)
............................ : “After dinner sleep a while, after supper walk a mile.”

Ex 2. The English families often eat their meals together. What are the meals called in the
morning, at noon, in the afternoon, and in the evening? Read the text in ex 1 again and
write when the Englishmen usually have their meals and
what they are called.
Английские семьи любят вместе садиться за стол.
Как называется еда утром, в полдень, днем и
вечером? Прочтите текст упр. 1 ещё раз и напишите
в какое время англичане обычно едят и как назы-
вается эта трапеза.

Morning Noon Afternoon Evening


seven — nine o’clock
Time ............................................................................................................................
breakfast
Meal ............................................................................................................................

USE OF ARTICLES WITH THE NAMES OF MEALS: BREAKFAST, LUNCH,


TEA, DINNER, SUPPER, etc
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ С СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫМИ: BREAKFAST, LUNCH,
TEA, DINNER, SUPPER, etc

1. Обычно эти существительные употребляются без артикля.


 Mother was cooking lunch.
 They were at dinner when I called.
2. Если существительное имеет определение или это понятно из ситуации, используется определён-
ный артикль THE.
 The dinner he gave us last night was delicious.
 He told us that the lunch was badly served.
3. При наличии перед существительным описательного определения, используется неопределённый ар-
тикль (A/AN).
 We had a grand dinner at his place.
4. В устойчивых словосочетаниях: have breakfast/lunch/dinner/ supper артикль не употреб-
ляется.

163 Unit 11
Ex 3. Fill in the gaps with the right article: ZERO/A/AN/THE.
Заполните пропуски соответствующим артиклем: ZERO/A/AN/THE.

1. Shall we ask him to ............ dinner? 2. What do you do after ............ breakfast? 3. He told us
the news at ............ dinner we had at the club. 4. My mother likes to read books after ............
supper. 5. After ............ heavy supper Englishmen usually go for a long walk. 6. It’s time to have
............ dinner. 7. My son doesn’t like ............ lunch he gets at school. 8. He is often hungry
before ............ lunch because he doesn’t eat much for ............ breakfast. 9. They had ............
nice supper after the theatre. 10. He couldn’t work because he ate too much at ............ dinner.
11. We had cold meat for ............ supper. 12. I’ll never forget ............ lunch I had with her. 13. I take
............ packed lunch to work.
TRADITIONAL ENGLISH

MEMORY BOX
DISHES 2

3 Listening porridge – овсяная каша


cereal – зерновые хлопья для
завтрака
First listen to the words in the Memory Box and sunnyside-up eggs – яичница-
then listen to six interviews. глазунья
A. After listening to the interviews twice, fill in the baked beans – тушёная фасоль
first two columns of the chart below. pancakes – оладьи
B. Listen to the interviews again and fill in the third meat pie – мясной пирог
column of the chart. Yorkshire pudding – йоркширский
Сначала прослушайте слова в Memory Box, а затем пудинг
прослушайте интервью. meatballs – фрикадельки
steak – бифштекс
А. После двух прослушиваний заполните первые
beef stew –тушёная говядина
две колонки таблицы. roast beef – жаренная на огне /
В. Прослушайте интервью ещё раз и заполните запечённая говядина
третью колонку. pork/mutton chop – свиная/ба-
ранья отбивная
fried chicken – жареная курица
mixed vegetables – гарнир из ва-
рёных овощей
mashed potatoes – пюре
ë

NOTE
Yorkshire pudding is a dish
that originated in Yorkshire,
England.
It is made from eggs, milk
and flour mixed and baked in
the oven. It is usually served
with roast beef.

164
PRESENTER: Good evening and welcome to our programme “Look at life”.
The magazine Modern English published an article about English food. That’s what the author
writes: “The English are not interested in food. Their food is standardised, and, in general,
rather dull (скучная). They like their food to be the same (одинаковый) from day to day, from
January to January.” Do you agree with this?
So, today our topic (тема) is “The English Meals”. There are six people with me in this studio.
They are going to speak about their meals.

A. Speaker Meal B. Things she/he likes to eat


1 2 3
1. ....................................................................................................................................
2. ....................................................................................................................................
3. ....................................................................................................................................
4. ....................................................................................................................................
5. ....................................................................................................................................
6. ....................................................................................................................................

Ex 4. Match the meals in column A with the food which the English eat in column B. The words
in column B can be used more than once.
Найдите соответствие между названием еды в колонке A и блюдами, которые
англичане едят в это время в колонке B. Слова в колонке В могут повторяться.

A B
Breakfast roast beef
Lunch toast Breakfast: ..........................................................
Dinner bacon and eggs ..........................................................................
Afternoon tea pork chops Lunch: ..............................................................
Supper cake ..........................................................................
mixed vegetables Dinner: ..............................................................
salad ..........................................................................
sandwich Afternoon tea: .....................................................
cold meat ..........................................................................
fish Supper: ..............................................................
coffee ..........................................................................
Yorkshire pudding
cheese
porridge
tea
lamb stew

165 Unit 11
Ex 5. Read the text. Сomplete the Memory Box with the words from the text. Answer the
questions.
Прочтите текст. Дополните Memory Box словами из текста. Ответьте на вопросы.

A Traditional English Tea .................. – чай

MEMORY BOX
.................. – кофе 4
In England, you have tea many times a day. English .................. – пирожное, торт
people are tea-drinkers. The English drink pie – пирог
165 million cups a day! .................. – печенье
You have tea for breakfast, then you have tea at .................. – сладости, конфеты
11 o’clock in the morning, then you have tea after sugar – сахар
.................. – варенье
lunch, then you have tea for tea, then after supper
marmalade – джем
and again at 11 o’clock at night. honey – мёд
The traditional time for tea is four or five o'clock. It is
known as afternoon tea or “five o’clock”.
Traditionally, afternoon tea consists of tea with milk and sugar. In Britain they often have
sandwiches with a traditional English tea. The sandwiches can be made of cucumber, fish paste,
ham, smoked fish or egg.
The English have a sweet tooth (сладкоежки), that’s why they
also have scones with jam or clotted cream, cakes, biscuits and
sweets with their tea.

1. When do the English usually have afternoon tea?


....................................................................................
2. What does a traditional English tea consist of?
....................................................................................
3. What are the sandwiches made of?
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Do you have tea with milk and sugar?
........................................................................................................................................
5. Are all the things the Englishmen have with tea healthy? Why?
........................................................................................................................................
ë

NOTE
The scone is a small British bread
of Scottish origin. It’s easy and
quick to make.
Scones are usually eaten with
clotted (сгущённый) cream or jam.

166
Ex 6. Tobias is on a school exchange visit in Great Britain. He is living in an English family. At
breakfast the hostess asks him some questions. Write these questions and the answers.
Pay attention to the signal words and choose the right tense: the Present Simple or the
Present Perfect (see p. 154).
Тобиас находится в Великобритании по школьному обмену. Он живёт в английской
семье. Во время завтрака хозяйка дома задаёт ему вопросы. Напишите эти вопро-
сы и ответы. Обратите внимание на сигнальные слова и выберите правильное
время глагола: the Present Simple or the Present Perfect (см. стр. 154).

1. Have you ever had grapefruit juice before?


(often) ... I often drink /have ... it.
2. (eat bacon and grilled tomatoes)
Have ......................................................................... for breakfast?
(never ) No, I haven’t. We ......................................................................... for breakfast.
3. (drink English tea)
................................................................................................... ?
(usually) No, at home we ......................................................................... Chinese tea.
4. (try scones with clotted cream)
................................................................................................... ?
(never) No, I ......................................................................... scones with clotted cream
before. But I’d like to try them.

11.2 Eating Out


Ex 7. Where can we go out for a meal? Match the descriptions (a–g) to the pictures (1–7).
Sign the pictures with the words from the Memory Box.
Для слов (1–7) в Memory Box найдите описание (a–g). Поставьте под фотогра-
фиями слова из Memory Box.

restaurant – ресторан
MEMORY BOX

café – кафе
canteen – столовая (в учреж-
дении)
coffee-shop – кофейня
pub – паб
fast-food restaurant – ресторан
1. ............................................ быстрого обслуживания
snack-bar – закусочная

167 Unit 11
2. ............................................ 3. ............................................

4. ............................................
5. ............................................

a. A place where you can buy and eat simple meals, snacks
(лёгкая закуска) and soft drinks (no alcoholic drinks).

b. A place where you can buy such food as hamburgers


served quickly after you ordered it.

c. A place where you can have a larger and more special


meal and alcoholic drinks.

d. A place that sells coffee, tea, cakes, sandwiches and 6. ............................................


snacks.

e. In Britain a place where people can buy and drink


alcoholic drinks. At lunchtime it serves some food as
well.

f. A place in a factory, office or shop where the workers can


have meals.

g. A place where you can have a small quick meal.


7. ............................................

168
5 Ex 8. Steve invites Ann out for dinner. Listen and then read the dialogue. On Monday
Ann tells her friend Jessica about the dinner at the tavern “Three Knights.”
Complete the sentences with the words /phrases from the dialogue.
Стив приглашает Анну на обед в ресторан. Прослушайте и затем прочтите
диалог. В понедельник Анна рассказывает своей подруге Джессике об
обеде в таверне “Three Knights”. Дополните предложения словами/фра-
зами из диалога.

go out for dinner (a meal/lunch,

MEMORY BOX
STEVE: Shall we go out for dinner this evening? etc) – пойти в ресторан/кафе
(есть вне дома)
ANN: I’d love to.
book/reserve a table – заказать
STEVE: Where would you like to go? We can go столик
to a Mexican, Chinese or Italian a table for (two) – столик на (двоих)
restaurant. order – заказывать, заказ
ANN: I want good plain food tonight. deliver– доставлять
STEVE: Then I know the right restaurant for us – an waiter – официант
old tavern “Three Knights”. They serve serve – подавать
traditional English dishes. menu (card) – меню
ANN: Great! I’ve never been there.
STEVE: Then we should book a table right away. They
are always packed (быть заполненным) in the evening.
ANN: And could we look up their menu in the Internet and place an order as well? By the
evening I’ll be very hungry.
STEVE: Good idea! I also hate waiting. When we come to the restaurant, the dinner will be ready.

Last night Steve invited me for .......................... at .......................... . That evening I didn’t want
to go to .......................... restaurant. I just wanted .......................... food. He said they serve
.......................... dishes at “Three Knights”. I gladly agreed. Steve said they are always
.......................... in the evening. So, we .......................... a table. We also looked up
.......................... in the Internet and placed .......................... as well. By the time we came to
the tavern, our dinner had been .......................... .
ë

NOTE
What does it taste like?
taste – пробовать/быть на вкус
well-cooked – хорошо приготовленный
delicious – очень вкусный
taste good – быть вкусным

169 Unit 11
Ex 9. Read the dialogue and complete the sentences with the words from the box. There are
three extra words you don’t need to use.
Прочтите диалог и дополните предложения словами из списка.

serve  drink  main course  bottle choice – выбор

MEMORY BOX
first course  starters  choice  cup starters – холодные закуски
prawn cocktail  sea food  order main course – второе/горячее
блюдо
meal of the day – комплексный
In the Fish Restaurant обед
for the first/main course – на
WAITER: Good evening to you, sir and madam. Are первое/на второе
prawn cocktail – креветочный
you ready to (1) .................... ?
коктейль
COLIN: Indeed we are. For the (2) .................... , I’ll smoked salmon – копчёный
have (3) .................... and my wife will have лосось
smoked salmon. caviar – икра
LYNN: And for the (4) .................... I’d like the carp in sea food – морепродукты
lemon sauce and my husband will have the
(5)
.................... with rice.
WAITER: Certainly, good (6) .................... . Would you like anything to (7) .................... ?
LYNN: Yes, please. We’ll have a (8) .................... of white wine.

Ex 10. Who says what? Guest or Waiter? Match the sentences to the people and put them in
the logical order. Guest (G) или Waiter (W).
Поставьте фразы в логической последовательности и отметьте, кто произносит
каждую фразу: гость (G), официант (W).

£ £ I think I’ll order the lamb stew with vegetables and rice.
£ £ Would you like separate bills or together?
£ £ What would you like to drink?
£
G £
1 Hello, we need a table for six people.
£ £ We’ll have mineral water only.
£ £ Would you like to have some cheese before dessert?
£ £ For the main course we’d like pork chops with mashed potatoes.
£ £ No, thank you. Bring us the bill, please.
£ £ Would you like the meal of the day or will you be ordering from the menu? Have you
decided on anything yet?

170
Sending out for a pizza

It’s Friday evening and Amy and Vicky don’t want to cook anything to eat. They want to order a
pizza from the new Pizza Hut which opened nearby.

Amy:
Hi, I’d like to order two pizzas.
You do deliver, don’t you?

Waiter:
Yes, we do. Delivery is free.

Amy:
I’d like a four-cheese pizza and
a pine-apple-chicken pizza.

Waiter:
Right. Delivery within half an hour.
Amy:
Thank you.

6
Listening
Connie lives in the USA. She is visiting her Aunt Mary in Chester. They are
going to have lunch in a small restaurant.
A. Listen to their dialogue twice and answer the questions:
Прослушайте диалог два раза и ответьте на вопросы:

What does Aunt Mary order? .................................................................................................


What does Connie order? .........................................................................................................
What is Yorkshire pudding like? ...............................................................................................

B. Listen again and write down any three questions the waiter asked the guests.
Прослушайте ещё раз и запишите любые три вопроса, которые официант задал
гостям.

1. ......................................................................................................................................
2. ........................................................................................................................................
3. ......................................................................................................................................

171 Unit 11
Grammar
THE PAST SIMPLE OR THE PRESENT PERFECT?

The Past Simple The Present Perfect


Повторяющееся действие, факт в прошлом Действие завершено к определённому моменту
в настоящем, имеется результат
asked have asked
has
yesterday, last week, in 1990, 5 years ago already/yet, just, ever/never

 I tried Yorkshire pudding in England last year.  I have never been to this restaurant.
 Did you try scones when you were in England?  Have you tried stewed mutton yet? Is it
 I didn’t eat scones but I saw them. well-done?
 I haven’t tried it yet, but I want to.

HAVE HAD
HAVE + Participle II
 
 I have already had lunch.

Ex 11. Use the right form of the verbs in brackets: the Past Simple or the Present Perfect.
Pay attention to the signal words.
Поставьте глаголы в скобках в соответствующее время: the Past Simple or the Present
Perfect. Обратите внимание на «сигнальные слова».

1. ....................... you (order) ....................... your meal yet? – I (order) .......................


the main dish forty minutes ago and it (not arrive) ....................... yet.
2. Are you going to lunch? – I (have) just ....................... a cup of coffee and a biscuit. I have
a lot of work to do at the moment.
3. Hi, dear, we are home! We’re hungry as wolves. Is dinner ready? – I (come) .......................
home an hour ago, but I (make) ....................... it by your arrival.
4. ....................... you (be) ....................... to this new restaurant yet? – Yes, ....................... .
I (be) ....................... there last Saturday.
5. “Where is our pizza?” I wonder. – They (deliver) already ....................... it. I (tell)
....................... you about it half an hour ago.
6. ....................... you ever (try) ....................... scones? – Yes, I ....................... . When I was in
York, Mary (serve) ....................... scones for tea every day. They are very much like muffins.
7. ....................... you (serve) ....................... table 8 yet, John? They are complaining
(жаловаться). – Yes, I ........................ I (serve) ....................... this table five minutes ago.
Their dish (not be) ....................... ready.
8. Ann, I’d like to invite you to dine out with me. I (book) already ....................... a table. You
(promise – обещать) ....................... the other day.

172
Ex 12. Translate into English the parts of the dialogue
given in Russian.
Переведите на английский язык реплики
диалога, написанные на русском языке.

STAN: Well, this is a nice cafe, Colin. Что ты соби-


раешься (хочешь) заказать? (1) .....................
.............................................................. ?
СOLIN: Well, для начала я возьму салат из помидоров, а на горячее я буду есть пасту.
(2)
.............................................................................................................. .
STAN: That’s pretty healthy. A что ты возьмёшь на десерт? (3) .................................
............................................................................. ?
COLIN: I think I won’t have dessert. I’m trying to watch my weight (следить за весом).

Ex 13. Put one of the following words in each space in the sentences below.
Заполните пропуски данными ниже служебными словами.

to  in  of  for  than
by  on (x2)  up  out

1. I like to eat .............. .


2. Do you like to go .............. fast-food restaurants?
3. I like a simple café more .............. a big restaurant.
4. I’m fond .............. Italian food.
5. I hate to wash .............. dishes. Let’s do it
tomorrow!
6. Shall we call a taxi or go .............. metro (tube)? MENU CARD
7. I’m hungry. What’s .............. the menu today? STEAK ............................................8.95
8. What would you have .............. dessert? FISH PIE ........................................7.65
9. Oh, look, the menu is lying over there .............. LAMB AND APRICOT PIE ............8.95
the table. FISH AND CHIPS ..........................5.30
10. I’ll have chicken .............. mushroom sauce. ROAST CHICKEN ..........................9.95
BEEF STEW ..................................8.95
ENGLISH LAMB STEAK ..............9.95
SMOKED FISH ............................10.50

173 Unit 11
Ex 14. Find word partners that go together. Draw a line to connect words in column A with those
in column B.
Найдите словосочетания: соедините слова в колонке А со словами в колонке В.

A
book
B
a reservation

pay a table
order for dinner
make the bill
go out pizza
a light an order
packed a meal
deliver lunch
place supper

Ex 15. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.
1. Вы готовы сделать заказ?
.......................................................................................................................................
2. Я хотел бы заказать столик на четверых.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. У нас в Pizza Hut доставляют пиццу бесплатно.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Во многих семьях ланч – самая плотная еда в течение дня.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Традиционный английский чай обычно в пять часов, поэтому (that’s why) англичане
называют его “five o’clock”.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Я беру ланч с собой из дома.
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Мой сын любит яичницу-глазунью и оладьи.
.......................................................................................................................................
8. Наши друзья пригласили нас на обед.
.......................................................................................................................................
9. Они подали свиные отбивные с картофельным пюре и отварные овощи.
.......................................................................................................................................
10. На десерт был яблочный пирог и шоколадный торт.
.......................................................................................................................................
11. Мой муж каждый день ест на завтрак овсяную кашу.
.......................................................................................................................................
12. Официант принёс меню. В меню был богатый (wide) выбор блюд.
.......................................................................................................................................

174
ë
7 Reader’s Corner NOTE
let/allow – разрешать
Listen and then read the story. forbid (forbade) – запрещать
Прослушайте и прочтите рассказ. perhaps – возможно
might drink/have (smth) – возможно
выпил бы/съел бы

The Luncheon
by Somerset Maugham
(adapted)

It was twenty years ago. I was living in Paris then. I was young and hardly made two ends meet.1
She had read a book of mine and had written to me about it. I answered, thanking her. Some time
later I received from her another letter. She would be in Paris and would like to meet me. She
asked me if I would give her a little luncheon at Foyot’s (a restaurant at which the French senators
eat). I couldn’t afford (позволить себе) it, but I was too young to say no to a woman. I answered
that I would meet her at Foyot’s on Thursday at half past twelve. She was not so young as I
expected and rather talkative.
I was startled when the menu was brought, for the prices were much higher than I had expected.
“I never eat anything for luncheon,” she said. “I never eat more than one thing. A little fish,
perhaps. I wonder if they have any salmon.”
It was not on the menu, but I asked the waiter if there was any. Yes, they had a beautiful salmon.
I ordered it for my guest. The waiter asked her if she would have something while it was being
cooked.
“No,” she answered, “I never eat more than one thing. But I might have a little caviare. I never
mind (возражать) caviare.”
My heart sank a little2, but I told the waiter to bring caviare. For myself I chose the cheapest dish
on the menu – a mutton chop.
Then came the question of drink.
“I never drink anything for luncheon,” she said.
“Neither do I,” I answered quickly.
“Except white wine,” she went on, “These French
white wines are so light.”
“What would you like?” I asked her.
“My doctor won’t let me drink anything but
champagne.” I think I turned a little pale3. I
ordered half a bottle. I said that my doctor had
absolutely forbidden me to drink champagne.

175 Unit 11
“What are you going to drink, then?”
“Water.”
She ate the caviare and she ate the salmon.
“I can’t eat anything more, but as I’m in Paris I might have some of those giant asparagus,” she
said.
I knew they were very expensive. “Madame wants to know if you have any of those giant
asparagus,” I asked the waiter.
I hoped he would say no. But he assured (заверил) me that they had some so large, so splendid.
I ordered them.
Panic seized me4. I was afraid that I didn’t have enough money to pay the bill. The asparagus
appeared. I watched the woman eat them. At last she finished.
“Coffee?” I said.
“Yes, just an ice-cream and coffee,” she answered.
I ordered coffee for myself and an ice-cream and coffee for her. Then a terrible thing happened.
While we were waiting for the coffee, the waiter brought a large basket full of huge peaches. They
cost a fortune (состояние). My guest took one.
The bill came. I paid it. I had only a little left for a very small tip.
“Follow my example,” she said as we shook hands, “and never eat more than one thing for
luncheon.”
“I’ll do better than that,” I answered. “I’ll eat nothing for dinner tonight.”
“Humorist!” she cried.
But I have had my revenge at last. Today she weighs twenty-one stone (133 kilograms).

Ex 16. Fill in the gaps with the words from the list below where necessary.
Заполните пропуски служебными словами из данного ниже списка.

for (x2)  on (x2)  than  of

1. I never eat anything ......... luncheon. 2. I never eat more ......... one thing. 3. Salmon wasn’t
......... the menu. 4. I ordered it ......... my friend. 5. For myself I ordered the cheapest thing .........
the menu – a mutton chop. 6. I watched ......... the woman eat asparagus. 7. We talked ......... art
and literature. 8. Follow ......... my example and never eat more than one thing for luncheon.

1
Едва сводил концы с концами.
2
Моё сердце упало.
3
Я побледнел.
4
Меня охватила паника.

176
Ex 17. Read the story again and write a simple dialogue between the author (A), his guest (G),
and the waiter (W), using the prompts below.
Прочтите текст ещё раз и используя данные ниже слова, напишите простой диалог
между автором, его гостьей и официантом.

I never eat anything for luncheon.


G: eat / for luncheon / never eat / more than / a little fish
I never eat more than one thing. A little fish perhaps.
A: fish / salmon? The lady would like some fish. Have you got any salmon?
W: Yes / something / while cook
.......................................................................................................................................
G: No / a little caviar
.......................................................................................................................................
A: bring / some caviar / a mutton chop
.......................................................................................................................................
W: drink?
.......................................................................................................................................
G: white French wine /champagne
.......................................................................................................................................
A: half a bottle / water / not allow
.......................................................................................................................................
W: anything else?
.......................................................................................................................................
G: giant asparagus
.......................................................................................................................................
A: have / giant asparagus?
.......................................................................................................................................
W: Yes, large and splendid
.......................................................................................................................................
A: coffee?
.......................................................................................................................................
G: coffee and ice-cream
.......................................................................................................................................
A: two coffees and ice-cream
.......................................................................................................................................
G: Thank you for the luncheon. Follow my example and never eat more than one thing
for luncheon.
12 FIT and HEALTHY

A sound mind in a sound body.


В здоровом теле здоровый дух.
(proverb)

12.1 How to Keep Fit


Keeping fit doesn’t only mean (значить) looking KEEPING FIT
MEMORY BOX

1
good. If you want to keep fit and healthy, you have be in good shape / keep fit –
to get some exercise. You don’t have to run for быть в хорошей форме
hours, or spend several hours at a gym, or play be healthy – быть здоровым
football or tennis, or ride a bike. You can just do sports – заниматься спортом
simple things. do morning exercises – делать
утреннюю зарядку
aerobics – заниматься аэро-

2 Listening бикой
jogging – бегать трусцой
You will hear six people telling what they do to keep fit. skiing – кататься на лыжах
A. Listen and read the phrases in the Memory Box go swimming – плавать
horse-riding – кататься на ло-
first. Then listen to the interviews twice and match
шади
each person with one of the pictures. dancing – заниматься тан-
B. Listen again and write what the person does to цами
keep fit.
football – играть в футбол
А. Прослушайте и прочтите фразы в Memory Box ,
play tennis – играть в теннис
затем дважды прослушайте интервью и golf – играть гольф
поставьте номер говорящего у соответству- badminton – играть в бад-
ющей картинки. минтон
В. Прослушайте ещё раз и напишите, что делает
этот человек для поддержания формы.

178
£ £ £

............................. ............................. .............................

£ £ £

............................. ............................. .............................

3 Ex 1. Fill in the spaces with the words from the box. Listen and check your answers.
Заполните пропуски словами из данного ниже списка. Прослушайте и
проверьте свои ответы.

did some sport  jog  to keep fit  to run  about six miles  jogging

Getting Back in Shape


AMY: I’m glad I decided to come (1) .................... with you,
Vicky. It’s high time I (2) .................... again.
VICKY: Yup, there is no better way (3) .................... than
jogging.
AMY: So, how far are we going (4) .................... , then? Do
you go by distance or by time?
VICKY: Both. I (5) .................... through the forest to the lake,
round the lake and back again. It’s (6) ....................
that takes me one hour.

179 Unit 12
THE COMPLEX SENTENCE
СЛОЖНОПОДЧИНЁННОЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЕ

Главное предложение THAT Придаточное предложение


«ЧТО»

Если сказуемое главного предложения – в настоящем времени, то сказуемое придаточного


предложения может быть выражено любым временем глагола.
 She says that the Fielding Sports Center is in Saddle Brook.
 She explains to me that they will give us two extra hours free.
 Patty says that she was a member of this Sport club and she liked it.

Ex 2. Colin read an advertisement of the Fielding Sport Centre. He makes a call to the Sports
Centre for more information. Lynn is busy making dinner and Colin reports the
information to Lynn. Use the reporting verbs given in

ë
brackets.
Колин прочел рекламное объявление спортивного NOTE
Some Useful Verbs
центра. Он звонит в спортивный центр, чтобы say smth (to smb)
получить дополнительную информацию. Лин – говорить
tell smb smth
занята приготовлением обеда, и Колин передает add – добавить
ей, что ему отвечают. При переводе в косвенную admit – признавать
explain (to) – объяснять
речь используйте данные в скобках глаголы. remark – заметить
mention – упоминать
1. “Saturday mornings we are not open.”
(say)
She says that Saturday mornings
they are not open. FIELDING SPORT CENTRE
2. “The fitness room and sauna are open
from Tuesday to Friday from 10 a.m. to  Step Classes  Table tennis
10 p.m.” (add)  Swimming  Indoor Golf
..........................................................
.......................................................... And much more!!!
..........................................................
3. “We have such sports as tennis, SIGN IN and START
badminton and squash.” (explain) A NEW ACTIVE LIFE!
..........................................................
.......................................................... Fielding Sports Center
.......................................................... 27 Park Road
4. “Your wife can do aerobics on Tuesdays Saddle Brook
and Thursdays from 10 to 11 a.m.” (say)
Opening hours:
..........................................................
Tues – Fri 8 a.m. – 10 p.m. Sat 1 p.m. – 7 p.m.
.......................................................... For more information, please call 0192 323 3039
..........................................................

180
5. “There is a snack bar at our Fitness Centre.” (mention)
......................................................................................................................................
6. “Our snack bar serves some hot meals after 5 p.m.” (add)
......................................................................................................................................

Ex 3. Report what the people who gave the interview told about their sport activity.
Расскажите, что сказали люди, которые давали интервью, о своих занятиях
спортом.
REPORTED SPEECH.
1. Laura Martin: “I don’t have much time for a fitness THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES
club. I go to work by bike.” КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ.
Laura said she didn’t have much time for a СОГЛАСОВАНИЕ ВРЕМЕН
fitness club. She went to work by bike. В английском языке, чтобы пе-
2. Stan: “I go jogging in winter, too. There is no snow ревести прямую речь в косвенную,
нужно соблюдать правило согла-
here.”
сования времён.
............................................................................
Это значит, что если в главном
............................................................................
предложении («он сказал/объяс-
3. Mary: “I will not go dancing tomorrow evening. I’m ill.” нил») используется прошедшее
............................................................................ время, то в придаточном предло-
............................................................................ жении («что…») также должно
быть использовано одно из про-
4. Alan: “I attend a fitness centre twice a week and go шедших времён.
to the sauna.”
При этом изменяются (согласно
............................................................................ логике) некоторые местоимения,
............................................................................ определения и обстоятельства,
5. Barbara: “ I walk to work and I never take the lift.” которые были использованы в
............................................................................ прямой речи:
............................................................................ here  there
6. Sandra Robinson: “I’m too busy to go to the this  that
these  those
swimming-pool on weekdays.” now  then
............................................................................ today  that day
............................................................................ yesterday  the day before
tomorrow  the next day

Согласно простому практическому правилу в этом случае все времена, которые исполь-
зовались в прямой речи, сдвигаются на одну ступеньку вниз:
Прямая речь Косвенная речь
Present Simple (do/does)
Past Simple (did)
Present Continuous (am/is/are doing)
Past Continuous (was/were doing)
will, can
would, could

 Lynn: “I go to work by bike today”.


  
 Lynn said (that) she went to work by bike that day.

181 Unit 12
Ex 4. Read the dialogue. Report the underlined sentences.
Прочтите диалог. Передайте в косвенной речи подчеркнутые предложения.

At the Fitness Club

LYNN: (1)
Thanks for taking me into the fitness 1. Lynn thanked Patty for taking her into
..............................................................
club as a guest, Patty. This way I can see the fitness club as a guest. She said
..............................................................
what it is like. that way she could see what it was like.
..............................................................
PATTY: (2)
I’m sure you’ll love it, Lynn. Everyone is 2. Patty said
..............................................................
so friendly here. ..............................................................
LYNN: So, what do we do first? (3) I have no idea 3. Lynn admitted
..............................................................
what to do. ..............................................................
(4)
PATTY: Normally I start on the exercise bike. 4. Patty explained to Lynn
..............................................................
After that I use the machines and then go ..............................................................
to the sauna. ..............................................................
LYNN: That sounds great. Let’s go.
..............................................................

12.2 Common Problems


back ear
head
4

shoulder
ribs
chest heart
stomach
lever

arm
leg

knee
hand

foot

182
How are you today?
well – хорошо себя

MEMORY BOX
чувствовать
(don’t) feel well – плохо себя
чувствовать
ill – чувствовать
себя больным
fall ill/come down (with) – за-
болеть
I am very well/fine, thanks. catch (a) cold – простудиться
common cold – обычная про-
I don’t feel well.
студа
I’m afraid I caught a cold.
flu (influenza) – грипп

I feel ill. Could you call


the doctor, please?

5
Ex 5. Listen and then read the story. Complete the Memory
Box with the words from the text.
Прослушайте и затем прочтите рассказ. Допол-
ните Memory Box словами из текста.

A Bad Mistake

A man fell ill with flu. His wife, Helen, called the
doctor. She was very much worried. Her husband
was running a temperature. COMPLAINTS/SYMPTOMS –
MEMORY BOX

жалобы/симптомы
He coughed and sneezed all the time. He had a bad
headache, a stomachache, a sore throat, and a ..................... – иметь температуру
running nose. ..................... – кашлять
sneeze – чихать
The doctor examined the patient and gave him ..................... – головная боль
some medicine. The colour of the medicine was have a headache – болит голова
black. The man’s wife was very nervous and she stomachache – боль в животе
made a bad mistake. She gave her husband black ink ..................... – боль в горле
(чернила) instead of the medicine. When she found out ..................... – насморк
her mistake, she panicked. doctor – врач
nurse – медсестра
Her husband had a good sense of humour, he said: call the doctor – вызвать врача
“Bring me some blotting paper (промокательная
бумага). I’ll eat it up and soon will be well again.”

183 Unit 12
Review
QUESTION WORD ORDER
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ ВОПРОСА
Общее правило: если сказуемое – сложная глагольная форма (is running, has fallen), мы ставим
вспомогательный глагол перед подлежащим. Если нет вспомогательного глагола (jog, took), мы
ставим do/does/did.

The Present Simple The Present Continuous The Past Simple


DO/DOES + Подлежащее IS/ARE + Подлежащее DID + Подлежащее
+ Глагол (в базовой форме) + Глагол -ing + Глагол (в базовой форме)
Do you have a headache? Is he sneezing all the time? Did you call the doctor?
Does your wife give you the medicine? Are you staying in bed? Did you go to work yesterday?

Ex 6. A neighbour calls Helen to ask her how her husband was


doing. Listen to the words in the Memory Box first. Use the
prompts below to make the neighbour’s questions.
Соседка звонит Helen узнать, как себя чувствует её муж.
Прослушайте слова в Memory Box. Затем, используя
данные ниже слова, составьте вопросы соседки.

1. how / he / feel? ... How does he feel? ...


2. you /call the doctor? AT THE DOCTOR’S SURGERY –
MEMORY BOX

В кабинете врача 6
.................................................................
3. your husband / run a temperature ? examine (a patient) – обследовать
................................................................. больного
4. the doctor / take the temperature? take the temperature – измерить
................................................................. температуру
sound one’s heart/lungs – прослу-
5. he / have stomachache?
шать сердце/легкие
................................................................. write out a prescription – выписать
6. the doctor / examine him? рецепт
................................................................. send/take to hospital – отправить/
7. the doctor / sound his lungs? отвезти в больницу
................................................................. take (a) medicine (for) – принимать
лекарство

8. the doctor / sound his heart?


.................................................................
9. the doctor / write out a prescription?
.................................................................
10. your husband /often / fall ill?
.................................................................

184
7 Ex 7. Listen and then read the dialogue. In the sentences below put the verb in
brackets in the right tense.
Прослушайте и прочтите диалог. В предложениях ниже поставьте глагол в
скобках в соответствующем времени.

tablets/pills painkiller

drops

ointment

Take every 4 hours.


Take three times a day.
mixture Put/apply on your arm.

At the Chemist’s

CHEMIST: How can I help you, madam?


LYNN: I’d like to collect this prescription, please.
CHEMIST: Let’s see. We’ve got aspirin, a painkiller and nasal drops. We’ve got everything
except the nasal drops. Shall I order them for this afternoon?
LYNN: Would it be OK if I come at six in the evening?
CHEMIST: Yes, please. We’re closing at 6.30. And here is your receipt.
ë

Lynn (come) ...................... to the chemist’s. She (want)


...................... to collect the prescription. The chemist NOTE
receipt – квитанция
said they (have) ...................... aspirin and the painkiller prescription – рецепт
but they (not have) ...................... the nasal drops. He collect a prescription – получить
said he (can order) ...................... the nasal drops. Lynn лекарства по рецепту
replied she (come) ...................... at six o’clock.

185 Unit 12
Ex 8. Read the text about flu, fill in the spaces with the words from the box.
Прочтите текст о гриппе. Заполните пробелы словами из данного списка.

coughing  painkillers  a high temperature


is sore  aches  sneezing  flu shot  cough
flu  medicines  drops

Influenza

Influenza, or flu, attacks about one billion people annually


(ежегодно).
Flu is an illness caused by a virus. It spreads (распространяется)
through the air by (1) ....................... , (2) ....................... , or simply
talking. It is not caused by cold only.
The symptoms are like those of a bad cold but TREAT/TREATMENT –

MEMORY BOX
more serious. If you come down with flu, you лечить, лечение
feel weak, you have (3) ....................... , you
(4)
сause – вызывать
....................... frequently (часто), your stay in bed/get bed rest – соблюдать
throat (5) ....................... , and your body постельный режим
(6)
....................... . take (a) medicine (for) – принимать
For most people, the treatment is to stay at лекарство
home, get lots of bed rest, drink lots of fluids prevent/prevention – предотвращать,
предохранение
(жидкость), and take (7) ....................... such as
give an injection/shot – делать укол
aspirin, (8) ....................... , and nasal annual flu shot – ежегодная прививка
(9)
....................... . Symptoms usually go away против гриппа
within two weeks.
(10)
....................... season in the US is usually
from December to March. The best prevention,

ë
NOTE
of course, is to get an annual (11) .......................
PAIN or ACHE?
as winter begins. ache – длительная бо
ль
pain – резкая внезапн
ая боль
We use ACHE for: he
ad, tooth, stomach, ear
back. (headache, too ,
thache, stomachache
earache, backache) ,
Ex 9. Translate the phrases in brackets.  I have a bad headac
he.
Переведите фразы в скобках. PAIN for other parts
of the body:
 I have pain in my ch
est.
1. The child was crying the whole night, (у него
болело ухо) ................................. .
2. (У Тома была боль в груди – chest) ................................. , everybody thought (он про-
студился) ................................. , but it was a heart attack.
3. The small child said (у него болит зуб) ................................. , but the doctor explained (у него
болит горло) ................................. .

186
4. (Роза плохо себя чувствовала, у нее болел правый бок – side) ................................. , it
was her lever (печень).
5. When a person comes down with flu, (у него болит голова) ................................. .
6. Do you often have (боль в спине) .................................?

12.3 Injuries

INJURIES –

MEMORY BOX
телесные повреждения
be injured/hurt – получить телесные
повреждения
burn one’s hand break (broke) – сломать
bone – кость
burn – ожог, обжигать
suffer a burn – получить ожог
cut – порезать, порез
cut one’s finger wound – получить ранение; рана
bandage up (a leg/wound) – за-
бинтовывать/наложить повязку

hurt one’s back

break one’s leg


ë

NOTE
bruise one’s ribs
hurt = injure – повредить, поранить
 She hurt (injured) her knee
when she fell off the bike.
 He was badly injured in the
accident.
wound one’s head hurt – сильно болеть
 His leg really hurts.

187 Unit 12
Ex 10. Translate the words/phrases in brackets from Russian into English.
Переведите слова в скобках на английский язык.

A 79-year-old man (получил телесные повреждения)


(1)
................................................ on Saturday at
Burger Prince restaurant. Herman Sherman (получил
ожог) (2) ................................................ when a young
waitress fell down and spilt (пролить) a cup of coffee into
his lap. The waitress (повредила колено) (3) ...................
............................. and (порезала руку) (4) ...................
............................. on the broken cup.
Though the old man refused (медицинская помощь)
(5)
................................................ , the manager (вызвал скорую помощь) (6) ....................
............................ . Before Herman Sherman was taken to (больница) (7) ......................
.......................... , the restaurant manager gave him two free certificates – one for an extra-large
coffee and one for the restaurant’s newest sandwich, the McRap. The doctor also (забинтовал)
(8)
................................................ the waitress’s leg and hand. She was rather angry. She was
badly (9) ................................................ and she wouldn’t be able to work for some days. She
said she would probably sue (подать в суд на) Herman Sherman. She said it was the man’s fault
(вина) for ordering something that she might be
able (могла бы) to spill.
MEDICAL AID –
MEMORY BOX

медицинская помощь
ë

NOTE
treat (for) – лечить (пр call an ambulance – вызвать скорую
оцесс)
cure – вылечить, лече помощь
ние (результат)
heal up – заживать X-ray – рентгеновский снимок
(about a wound,
burn) take an X-ray– сделать рентген
 Many doctors treate
d his daughter, put one’s leg in plaster – наложить
but nobody could cure
her illness. гипс на ногу
bruise – (n) ссадина, синяк;
(v) поставить синяк
8 Listening advise/advise against – советовать/
не советовать
One day Lynn fell off her bike on the way to work. Her
colleague drove her to the doctor.
Listen to what the doctor said and mark the sentences true (T), or false (F). Correct the false
sentences.
Прослушайте, что сказал доктор и отметьте предложения: правильно (T), неправильно (F).
Исправьте неверные предложения.
TRUE FALSE
1. The doctor looked at Lynn’s leg and said it wasn’t broken. £ £
..........................................................................................................
2. Lynn had a lot of bruises on her ribs. £ £
..........................................................................................................

188
3. Lynn badly hurt her knee. £ £
..........................................................................................................
4. The doctor allowed Lynn to go to work. £ £
..........................................................................................................
5. Lynn should have a complete rest until everything is healed up. £ £
..........................................................................................................
6. The doctor put a bandage on Lynn’s ribs. £ £
..........................................................................................................

Ex 11. Complete the sentences. Choose the right word from the list.
Дополните предложения. Выберите соответствующее слово из списка ниже.

treat  cure  heal up

1. Which doctor ....................... your daughter? 2. It was a bad wound, it ....................... very
slowly. 3. The doctors cannot guarantee a ....................... for cancer. 4. He coughed, they
....................... him for common cold, but it was allergy. 5. The ointment was very good and the
bruises ....................... very quickly. 6. How do they ....................... influenza? 7. The Princess
fell ill. All the King’s doctors ....................... his daughter, but nobody could ....................... her.

Ex 12. Must or mustn’t do? When Patty calls Lynn, she MODAL VERB “MUST”
tells her what the doctor told her. Make sentences Используется когда мы хотим:
according to the model. 1. приказать/указать что-либо
Когда Пэти звонит Линн, она рассказывает ей, или дать настотельный совет:
что сказал врач. Составьте предложения по «должен»
модели.  You must see the doctor
immediately.
1. Don’t go to work. 2. сказать, что мы осознаём свой
2. Stay in bed.
3. Take the medicine. долг:
 Patty: I must visit Lynn,
4. Put the ointment on your bruises she might need my help.
twice a day.
. Отрицательная форма – пере-
5. Don’t move your arm
1
даёт запрещение: «нельзя»
6. Don’t remove2 the bandage.  You mustn’t go to work by
7. Have a complete res bike for a month.
t.

1. You mustn’t go to work.


..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

1
двигать
2
снимать

189 Unit 12
12.4 In an Emergency Ward
9 Listening
Colin doesn’t feel well. Actually, he has intense pain.
Listen to Colin and Lynn’s conversation twice and say:
Прослушайте разговор Колина и Лин два раза и скажите:

1. what happened .............................................................


2. what pains he has got .....................................................
3. what Lynn suggests doing ..............................................
4. what Colin wants to do ...................................................
5. what Lynn decides to do in the end
......................................................

10 Ex 13. Listen and then read the dialogue. Lynn wants to write an e-mail to Colin’s
parents. She doesn’t know how to break the news to them, Edna has a weak
heart. In her e-mails not everything is true to the fact. Tick () the false
sentences. Write the correct e-mail.
Прослушайте и прочтите диалог. Лин хочет написать e-mail родителям
Колина. Она не знает, как сообщить им о болезни Колина, у Эдны слабое
сердце. Не всё в её письмах соответствует действительности. Отметьте
неверные предложения. Составьте верное сообщение.

In the Hospital

DOCTOR: Dr Miller, emergency ward. Where do you have pains?


COLIN: There, in my stomach.
DOCTOR: You have appendicitis. We have to
operate right away. emergency ward – (зд.) приёмное
MEMORY BOX

COLIN: How long will I have to stay here? отделение скорой помощи
DOCTOR: If everything runs well, you’ll need a feel pain (in) – ощущать боль (в)
week’s rest in the ward. slight/dull/intense/sharp pain –
COLIN: It’s a minor operation, isn’t it, лёгкая/тупая/сильная/острая боль
major/minor operation – тяжёлая/
Doctor?
небольшая операция
operate on smb for – оперировать
кого-либо по поводу
They had to operate on Colin for his
appendicitis.

190
 Message (HTML)
File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help
  Message (HTML)
File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help

From lynn_morris@mail.uk From lynn_morris@mail.uk
Subject about health Subject about health

Yesterday evening Colin was taken Yesterday evening I took Colin to


to hospital. £ the doctor’s. £
The doctor examined him and
The doctor examined him and found
prescribed something for his
stomach. £ out it was gastritis. £
He said they had to examine Colin He said they had to operate right
at the hospital. £ away. £ The doctor said Colin must
Colin will have to stay in hospital
for some days. £ get lots of bed rest at home. £

 Message (HTML)
File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help
 USE OF ARTICLE
WITH THE WORD “HOSPITAL”
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ
From lynn_morris@mail.uk СО СЛОВОМ “HOSPITAL”
Subject about health Без артикля – когда существи-
тельное обозначает не конкретный
предмет, а его предназначение.
.............................................................
 to go to hospital (лечь в боль-
............................................................. ницу);
.............................................................  to be in hospital (лечиться в
............................................................. больнице)
............................................................. Обычные правила употребления
............................................................. артикля, когда существительное
обозначает предмет.
.............................................................
 When our friend was ill we
went to the hospital to visit
him (ходили в определённую
больницу как посетители).

Ex 14. Read the article and do the crossword puzzle.


Прочтите статью и решите кроссворд.

What Happens at the Dentist’s Office?


Your teeth are an important part of your smile, and they also help you
look great in pictures. It's important to visit your dentist every six
months for a checkup to keep your teeth strong and healthy.
The most common cause of toothache is cavities which are formed by bacteria in the mouth. When
you visit your dentist for a checkup, he will look at your teeth to check for any problems. He will
examine your teeth carefully and may take X-rays of your teeth looking for cavities. If you have

191 Unit 12
cavities, the dentist will give you a filling. A filling is
mouth – рот

MEMORY BOX
a way to restore a bad tooth. If you don’t get the
tooth (teeth) – зуб
filling, you may lose the tooth. One day it can be cavity (in teeth) – дупло
removed. It will spoil (испортить) your smile! fill a tooth – пломбировать зуб
filling – пломба
remove/pull out a tooth – удалить
THE CROSSWORD PUZZLE зуб
dentist – зубной врач
1. The doctor who takes care of your teeth. checkup – проверка
make an appointment (for) – запи-
2. You go to the dentist for a ........................ to see
саться на прием
if you have any problems with your teeth.
3. A small amount (количество) of metal or plastic
that a dentist puts in a hole in a tooth.
4. The space (пространство) where your teeth are.
5. A small hole (дырка) in a tooth.
6. When you are happy or pleased, you usually ........................ .
7. The hard (твёрдый) white objects in your mouth.
1

2
Do i t !
3

Ex 15. Who says what? The dentist or Colin? Match the sentences to the people: The dentist
(D), Colin (C). Put the sentences in the logical order. Listen and check your answers.
Поставьте фразы в логической последовательности и отметьте, кто произносит
каждую фразу: зубной врач (D), Колин (C). Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

At the Dentist

£ £ OK, I’ll try and do it more often.


£ £ Good. Now on your way out, you can make an appointment for the next checkup.
£ £ And, do I need any fillings?
£
D £1 Ok, Mr Morris, the examination is over.
£ £ No, not this time, but you really need to brush your teeth at least twice a day.

192
Ex 16. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Переведите на английский язык.

1. У вас есть аспирин? У меня болит голова. 2. У меня болит зуб. – Ты должен пойти к врачу.
3. У моего сына весной аллергия (get hey-fever), он всё время чихает. 4. Мой муж
простудился, у него температура и насморк. 5. Мы вызвали врача, и он выписал
антибиотики (antibiotics). 6. Мой сын много занимается спортом. Он никогда не
простужается. 7. В ноябре дети должны получать ежегодную прививку против гриппа.
8. Он заболел в понедельник. Во вторник у него была высокая температура. Думали, что у
него просто простуда, но оказалось (it turned out to be) воспаление лёгких. 9. Врач
прослушал его лёгкие, сделал рентген и отправил его в больницу. Сейчас ему делают уколы
каждые четыре часа. 10. Шкаф моей бабушки полон лекарств: таблетки, микстуры, капли,
мази. Она любит лечить нас от простуды.
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

11 Reader’s Corner
Listen to the story and then read it.
Прослушайте рассказ и прочтите его.

What a Day!
The day started very well for Ethel Stoketon yesterday, but it got worse. It was a day many people
could find difficult to believe. Sometimes strange things happen.
Ethel Stoketon got up early as usual. She felt a bit ill and had a slight temperature but she had
a lot of Christmas shopping to do, so she went to the shopping center. At 9.30 a.m. she was
walking past Woolworth’s, and stepped on a banana peel. She fell and broke her right arm and
two fingers on her right hand. That’s not all. John Severius and his daughter Carmen were
walking next to her, and Ethel fell into them and knocked them down (сбить с ног), too. John
Severius was smoking a cigarette. When they fell, he burnt his daughter’s nose. He also hurt
his knee and couldn’t stand up. His daughter, except for the nose, was still all right, so she called
an ambulance. It got there in minutes. The driver of the ambulance had a bad cold. As he was
driving them to the hospital just at the corner of Highgate Hill and Magdala Avenue, he sneezed.
He crashed into a bakery delivery van. The driver of the van got a broken arm and a lot of
whipped cream (взбитые сливки) on his back. The ambulance driver could still drive, so the

193 Unit 12
bakery van driver got in next to Carmen Severius who in the crash lost a tooth and they went on
to the hospital. They got to the hospital with no more accidents (несчастный случай). But when
they were making an X-ray of Ethel’s arm, part of the X-ray machine fell off and hurt her shoulder.
They put her in the best room of the hospital. When we talked to Ethel this morning, she said,
“Funny thing is – I don’t ever eat bananas!”
(from “Take off 2”)

Ex 17. Answer the questions:


Ответьте на вопросы:

1. Why did Ethel Stoketon fall down?


2. Why did John Severius and his daughter Carmen fall down?
3. Why did the car accident happen?
4. How did Ethel hurt her shoulder?

Ex 18. What injuries did Ethel, John Severius, his daughter Carmen and the van driver get?
Write four lists.
Какие повреждения получили Ethel, John Severius, его дочь Carmen и водитель
грузового фургона? Напишите четыре списка.

John Severius
Ethel Stoketon
.........................................
1. broke her right arm The van driver
.........................................
..............
........................... .........................................
.............. ........................
........................... .................
........................ verius
........................
................. Carmen Se
................. .....
..................
.................. .....
..................
.................. .....
..................
..................

12 Ex 19. Listen to the story and then read it. Answer the questions below.
Прослушайте рассказ и прочтите его. Ответьте на вопросы.

The Doctor’s Help

There was a bookseller in a small town who didn’t like to spend his money. One day a big box of
books fell down and hurt his foot.
“Go to the doctor,” his wife said, “and show him your foot.” “No,” he said, I’ll wait until the doctor
comes into the shop next time. Then I’ll ask him what to do about my foot. If I go to see him, I’ll
have to pay him.”

194
The next day the doctor came into the shop and bought some books. As the bookseller was
wrapping up (заворачивать) the books, he told him about his bad foot.
The doctor looked at it.
“Yes,” said the doctor. You must put that foot in hot water every night. Then you must put some
ointment on it.” He took a piece of paper and wrote out a prescription on it. “Buy this and put it on
your foot before you go to bed every night,” he said. “Thank you,” said the bookseller. “And now,
sir, here are your books.”
“How much do the books cost?” asked the doctor.
“Two pounds.”
“Good,” said the doctor. “I won’t need to pay anything.”
“Why not?” asked the bookseller in surprise.
“You asked me to look at your foot. I did so and wrote out a prescription. If people come to my
house, I ask them to pay one pound for a small thing like that. But when I go to their house, I want
two pounds. And I came here, didn’t I?”

1. What treatment did the doctor suggest for the bookseller’s injured foot?
.....................................................................................................................................
2. Why didn’t the doctor have to pay for the books?
.....................................................................................................................................
3. How much would it cost if the bookseller went to see the doctor?
.....................................................................................................................................

Ex 20. Guided summary. Complete the story.


Краткий пересказ по заданной схеме. Завершите предложения.

There was a bookseller in .......................................... who ..........................................


One day a big box .......................................... and ..........................................
The bookseller decided to wait till ..........................................
The doctor came to the shop ..........................................
The bookseller showed him ..........................................
The doctor looked at .......................................... and ..........................................
The doctor bought some books but he didn’t .......................................... because when he went
to ..........................................
And the books cost two pounds.
REVISION 3
(UNITS 9–12)

Ex 1. Which words belong together? Put these words into four lists.
Из данных ниже слов составьте четыре списка.

peel  baker’s  mixture  porridge  pills  grocer’s  sunnyside-up eggs


grate  ointment  butcher’s  boil  pancakes  drops  supermarket
roast  dairy  slice  mutton chop  pudding

shops medicines cooking dishes


grocer’s, slice,
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

Ex 2. Find word partnerships. Match the beginning of the phrase in column A with its ending
in column B. Draw a line to connect them.
Образуйте фразы. Соедините линией начало фразы в колонке А с её концом в
колонке В.

А В
Be in by credit card


Bandage up a table
Do bed rest
Pay good shape
Annual a wound
Get flu shot
Reserve the vacuum-cleaning
Be running the main course
Do a high temperature
Order cold
Common the weekly shopping

196
Ex 3. Fill in the spaces with the prepositions from the list.
Заполните пробелы соответствующими предлогами из списка.

against  out  on (х3)  down  over  for (х4)


in (х3)  with  up  with  of

1. .............. Saturdays we always go .............. .............. dinner. 2. We book a table ..............


two. 3. Nelly is .............. good shape because she is constantly .............. a diet. 4. She is afraid
to put .............. weight. 5. We mostly eat vegetables. I’m constantly mixing .............. salads
dreaming .............. a good piece of meat. We have salads .............. lunch, dinner and supper.
6. I read some articles where doctors advise .............. such a diet. It didn’t help. 7. On Tuesday I
came .............. .............. flu. 8. I felt ill, but I was happy. I stayed .............. bed reading books.
9. I took pills .............. my headache, though I didn’t have any. 10. The room was .............. a
mess, the things were all .............. the place, but nobody was angry .............. me.

Ex 4. Read the sentences below and find two dialogues. Decide


which sentences go with headlines A and B. The first
sentences are done for you.
Прочтите данные ниже предложения и найдите в них два
диалога, соответствующие заголовкам А и В. Первые
предложения диалогов отмечены.

A. Before Breakfast B. A Football Player Injured

£ £ Are you playing today?


£
B £
1 I prefer to have breakfast at a quarter to eight.
£ £ I don’t like coffee. I prefer tea. My mother always serves tea for breakfast.
£ £ I don’t like toast! My family serves sweet rolls for breakfast.
£ £ What a pity! It is such an important match. I’ll take you to the doctor in my car.
£ £ When would you like to have breakfast?
£ £ No, I’m not. I hurt my knee the other day. I can hardly (едва) walk.
£
A £
1 How are we going to travel together, I wonder?
£ £ Do you like coffee with milk or black coffee?
£ £ You mustn’t walk at all. Lie down and put a compress on your
knee.
£ £ Do you have jam and butter with your toast?
£ £ At eight o’clock.
£ £ Thank you. The doctor said I should have the x-ray taken first.

197 Revision 3
Ex 5. Add the right article A/AN, THE, ZERO or pronouns SOME/ANY where necessary.
Дополните предложения артиклями A/AN, THE, ZERO или местоимениями SOME/
ANY где это необходимо.

1. “We won’t eat ............... meat for ............... lunch today, we’ll have ............... fish.” Robin
said. 2. ............... fish was very fresh, it tasted delicious. We also had ............... asparagus.
............... dinner was excellent. 3. “Buy ............... cheese, ............... ham, and ............... bread
for supper, please. We don’t have ............... cheese, ham and bread,” Lynn told Colin. 4. When I
came over, Patty made ............... coffee. ............... coffee was very strong. Unfortunately Patty
didn’t have ............... cream. 5. This café is very expensive. ............... coffee and ...............
sandwich cost eight Euro. 6. When I have ............... headache, I take ............... aspirin and go
to ............... bed. 7. Have you had ............... breakfast yet? 8. Rosa tasted ............... wine. It
was good, but she didn’t drink ............... wine. She could have only a little beer at ...............
lunch. 9. Oh, ............... water is warm. I don’t like ............... warm water. Don’t you have
............... cold water in the fridge? 10. The ambulance took ............... injured people to ...............
hospital. We must go to ............... hospital to see them.

Ex 6. Read the text. Complete the sentences with the words from the list below.
Прочтите текст. Заполните пробелы словами из данного списка.

bag  came down  boxes  bottles  greengrocer’s  canned food  shopping


chemist’s  tins  fruit  shopping list  pills  housework  fresh produce
washing  dairy products  grocer’s  drops  carton

Shopping

It was Friday – the shopping day. Once a week, the Wilsons went (1) ........................... . But this
week Nelly Wilson (2) ........................... with a bad cold and her husband Brat had to do the
shopping alone. Nelly helped him make a (3) ........................... . The shopping list was very long.
First he went to the 99 Cent store, the (4) ........................... , to get two (5) ........................... of
pasta, three (6) ........................... of fish and a (7) ........................... of flour.
They needed a lot of (8) ........................... : lettuce, tomatoes, cucumbers, broccoli, and carrots.
Nelly also wanted him to buy a lot of (9) ........................... : peaches, grapes, and apples.
So, Brat Wilson went to the (10) ........................... . He easily found everything. The fruits and
vegetables filled up four plastic bags. He drove to Albertson's, which sold (11) ...........................
and bought a pound of cheese, three (12) ........................... of milk, two packages of butter, and
a (13) ........................... of eggs. Then Brat had to go to the supermarket to buy some
(14)
........................... as Nelly won’t be able to cook these days.
He parked his car in front of the (15) ........................... to buy some (16) ........................... for
Nelly’s headache and some (17) ........................... for her running nose. She simply must get

198
well as soon as possible. Brat wasn’t at all sure (быть уверенным) he could manage
the (18) ........................... alone for a long time. He didn’t want to think about the vacuum-cleaning
and (19) ........................... which he was to do on Saturday.

Ex 7. The Morris family is having a barbecue party. Read the dialogue. Fill in the gaps with the
words from the list.
Семья Моррис устраивает приём с грилем. Прочтите диалог. Заполните пропуски
словами из списка.

many/much  few/little  a lot of  a few/a little

A Barbecue Party

– Hello, Mr Bridges! Good Morning, Mrs Morris. How can I help you?
– Colin’s got a new job, and we are having a barbecue party in our garden. I’m completely at a
loss (быть в полной растерянности).
– How (1) ................... people are coming?
– We are having (2) ................... of guests, about thirty people. That’s why I need (3) ...................
of meat and vegetables.
– How (4) ................... meat do you need?
– I don’t know, about five kilos, I guess. I’m worried about having too (5) ................... food.
– If you have (6) ................... idea about all those things, you’d better call a catering service1.
They will send you (7) ................... people to help and advise on everything. I know
(8)
................... (four or five) very good firms.
– Thank you, Mr Bridges. A wonderful idea.
– Have you got enough tables and chairs? How
(9)
................... tables have you got?
– I haven’t got (10) ................... tables and I have got
(11)
................... garden chairs (maybe ten).
– I can give you (12) ................... tables, I have got
some in my cellar.
– Thank you, it was a great idea about a catering
service. They’ll supply (доставить) everything,
I think.

1
фирма, которая поставляет готовые блюда и обслуживает гостей во время приёма.

199 Revision 3
Ex 8. A day before the barbecue party Lynn made a check-list of the things to do. Now she
and Colin are checking the arrangements. Use the suggested verbs in the corresponding
tense form to complete the sentences.
За день до приёма с грилем Лин подготовила список дел. Она и Колин проверяют,
всё ли готово к приему гостей. Напишите предложения, поставьте данные глаголы
в соответствующем времени.

1. you / tidy up the big veranda? Have you tidied up the big veranda?
do it / yesterday. Amy and James did it yesterday.
2. you /mow the lawn (стричь газон)? .....................................................................................
mow / last Saturday / you /forget. ........................................................................................
3. the wine merchant / deliver the wines? .................................................................................
they / send the wines / three days ago. ................................................................................
4. you / buy candles (свечи)? ................................................................................................
We / buy / together / a week ago. ......................................................................................
5. Speak to / Mr Tableron about the menu? ..............................................................................
Be going / do it right away (сейчас же). ...............................................................................

Ex 9. Lynn speaks to the catering firm and then tells Colin what they said.
Лин разговаривает с обслуживающей фирмой. Затем она рассказывает Колину,
что они сказали.

1. “Mr Bridges is bringing the meat today.”


They said that Mr Bridges was bringing the meat that day.
2. “You should order the wines yourself. We don’t know what wines you prefer.”
.......................................................................................................................................
3. “We are going to make a hundred sandwiches.”
.......................................................................................................................................
4. “We have already brought plates, glasses, forks and knives to your place.”
.......................................................................................................................................
5. “We are going to send four people to serve.”
.......................................................................................................................................
6. “We always make salads right before the party.”
.......................................................................................................................................
7. “We’ll do the washing-up after the party.”
.......................................................................................................................................
PEOPLE AT WORK
13
No pain, no gain.
Без труда не выловишь и рыбку
из пруда.
electrician
engineer (proverb)
waiter

lorry driver gardener

13.1 What Do They Do? Where Do They Work?

1
Ex 1. Write what these people do. Use one word from box A and one from box B.
Listen and check your answers.

ë
Напишите, в чём заключается работа этих лю- NOTE
fit – монтировать
дей. Чтобы составить предложение, возьмите
plant – сажать; расте
одно слово из колонки А, другое из колонки В. ние
goods – товары
Прослушайте и проверьте свои ответы.

MODEL: An engineer plans and builds machines. A B


repairs goods
1. A mechanic ....................................................... shaves and cuts articles
2. A barber ........................................................... serves goods
3. A waiter ........................................................... delivers trees and flowers
4. A lorry driver ...................................................... designs people
5. An architect ...................................................... plans and builds food and drinks
6. A journalist ....................................................... writes men’s hair
7. An electrician .................................................... fits and repairs paper work
8. A gardener ........................................................ plants machines
9. A shop assistant ................................................ flies electrical things
10. A teacher ......................................................... sells cars
11. A secretary ....................................................... teaches buildings
12. A pilot .............................................................. does planes

201
ë
NOTE
Различие между слов
ами WORK и JOB
JOB – a position (мест
о работы)
 He has found a job
as a bus-driver.
WORK – what person
does (деятельность,
процесс)
 She works from mo
rning till night.

Who are you? I’m Brian Green.


What are you? I’m a gardener.
What do you do?
Grammar
Ex 2. Fill in the gaps with the right article A/AN, THE,
ZERO.
Заполните пропуски соответствующими
USE OF ARTICLES WITH NOUNS
артиклями A/AN, THE, ZERO.
DENOTING A PROFESSION
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ
1. He was ..... engineer, but in Germany he has been out С НАЗВАНИЯМИ ПРОФЕССИЙ
of ..... work for a year. 2. It was difficult to find ..... work
С названиями профессий после
during the depression. 3. My father isn’t at home, he is глаголов BE, BECOME – A/AN.
at ..... work now. 4. He was offered ..... job at a bakery.  Mr Gram is a teacher.
5. You should have some knowledge and experience  He became a doctor like his
(знания и опыт) for ..... work. 6. She is ..... good typist, father.
but nobody needed ..... typists nowadays. 7. After the
В остальных случаях – подчиняет-
accident he lost ..... job. He thought, “When I’m in ся общим правилам.
America, I can get ..... better job. 8. He was ..... painter,  We invited a designer to
he earned his living by painting houses. 9. ..... security decorate our house.
guard came, he is waiting for you at the door. 10. What  The designer who decorated
our house works for Art
time do you get to ..... work? 11. What do you want for
International.

USE OF ARTICLES WITH NOUNS “WORK” and “JOB”


ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ СО СЛОВАМИ “WORK” и “JOB”

1. Артикль A/AN со словом work не употребляется (неисчисляемое существительное)


Go to work – идти на работу
Look for work – искать работу
Be at work – быть на работе
Be out of work – быть без работы
2. Употребление определенного артикля THE – по общим правилам.
 They like the work they are doing now.
3. Существительное job – исчисляемое, использование артикля подчиняется общим правилам.
 They offered him a good job.
 They paid for the job well.

202
..... work? 12. He is ..... good cook, but he is also out of
at/in a school

MEMORY BOX
..... work. 13. He has lost ..... good job. 14. She is .....
at/in a hospital
waitress. It’s ..... hard job for an old woman. 15. He was
at/in a bank
hungry and tired. He was looking for ..... work the whole
at/in a hotel
day. 16. Jamil was ..... good mason (каменщик) and he at/in an office
was given ..... job. at/in a factory
WORK in a shop
in a restaurant
Ex 3. Read the words in Memory Box and match them on a farm
with the list of job titles below. Write sentences as for a large firm
in the model. at an airport
Прочтите слова в Memory Box и подберите on the building site
место работы для людей из данного ниже
списка. Напишите предложения по модели.

MODEL: An engineer works at a factory.

1. A mechanic (garage) ........................................................................................................


2. A waiter ...........................................................................................................................
3. A teacher .......................................................................................................................
4. A farmer .........................................................................................................................
5. A manager ......................................................................................................................
6. A turner (токарь) ............................................................................................................
7. A gardener .......................................................................................................................
8. A shop assistant .............................................................................................................
9. A secretary .....................................................................................................................
10. A pilot ............................................................................................................................

2
Ex 4. Complete the sentences with the words/phrases from the Memory Box. Listen
and check your answers.
Дополните предложения словами/фразами из Memory Box. Прослушайте
и проверьте свои ответы.

1. I’m a flying control officer. I work at an airport. I work ... shifts .... . One day I work
....................... which starts at 6 a.m. and every other day I work ....................... which begins
at 8 p.m. My work is very intensive, but
I ....................... rather a good salary. WORKING HOURS
MEMORY BOX

2. I’m a housewife. Though I don’t go out a full-time job – работать


to work, I am busy from morning till полный рабочий день
night. I have a ....................... job. With HAVE a part-time job – работать непол-
a family of six, a house and a garden ный рабочий день
flexitime – иметь гибкий график 
I work 60–70 hours a week. Of course,

203 Unit 13
I work ......................., no salary, no
holidays, but I love them all! shifts – работать по сменам

MEMORY BOX
3. I’m a student. I work on weekends а night/day shift – работать в
WORK ночную/дневную смену
and during my summer holidays.
overtime – работать сверхурочно
It’s a ....................... job. I have to far into the night – работать за
........................ I don’t get any полночь
scholarship (стипендия).
earn – зарабатывать
4. I’m a painter. I work in advertising
do smth for a living/earn one’s living – за-
(реклама). I work from home. I can рабатывать на жизнь
plan my day, I have ........................ .
Sometimes I work ....................... and then
sleep till noon (12 o’clock).

3 Listening
You are going to listen to the talk-show. You will hear five
people telling about their work. A. After listening to the
interviews twice, fill in the first three columns of the
chart below. B. Listen to the interviews again and fill in
the fourth and the fifth column of the chart.

ë
Прослушайте talk-show. Вы услышите пять интервью.
А. После двух прослушиваний заполните первые три колонки NOTE
таблицы. В. Прослушайте интервью ещё раз и заполните tips – чаевые
от
depend on – зависеть
четвёртую и пятую колонки. ca ll – но чн ой вы зов
night

PRESENTER: Good evening everybody and welcome to our


programme “Look at Life”.
We all have to work to earn our living, but not all people like the work they do. For many people
it’s a great problem.
Today’s programme is called “Good and Bad Jobs”. There are five people with me in this studio
today. They will tell you what they like and what they dislike about their jobs.

Speaker Job Working hours Things they like Things they dislike
1 2 3 4 5
1. ....................................................................................................................................
2. ....................................................................................................................................
3. ....................................................................................................................................
4. ....................................................................................................................................
5. ....................................................................................................................................

204
Ex 5. What do they do? Match the professions in column A with the work they do in column B.
Найдите соответствие между словами – названиями профессий в колонке А и
работой, которую выполняют эти люди, в колонке В.

A B
1. A hairdresser a) flies a rocket.
2. A florist b) makes websites for the Internet.


3. A car mechanic c) builds houses.
4. A baker d) does people’s hair.
5. A website designer e) helps sick people.
6. An astronaut f) makes bread and cakes.
7. An office clerk g) works in a flower shop.
8. A vet h) repairs cars.
9. A nurse i) types letters, organizes meetings.
10. A bricklayer j) decorates shop windows.
11. A window dresser k) looks after sick animals.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 hairdresser – парикмахер (жен.)

MEMORY BOX
baker – пекарь
сlerk – клерк
vet – ветеринар
nurse – медсестра
bricklayer – каменщик
turner – токарь

Ex 6. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Мой сын механик. Он работает не на заводе, а в гараже. Он ремонтирует машины.


......................................................................................................................................
2. Моя жена медсестра. Она работает в больнице. Она зарабатывает немного.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Майк работал учителем в школе. Ему не нравилась эта работа. Теперь он работает в
банке.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Елена работает в магазине, которым владеет (own) её дядя. Она работает неполный
рабочий день, так как она студентка.
......................................................................................................................................
5. У меня трое детей. Я работаю на дому. У меня гибкий график работы.
......................................................................................................................................

205 Unit 13
6. Петр Савин – архитектор, а начинал он работу каменщиком на стройке.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Доктор Смол сегодня работает в утреннюю смену. Вы можете прийти в 9 утра?
......................................................................................................................................

13.2 Self-Employed People


There are people who work for themselves. They keep or run a small business. Very often it is a
family business: an antique shop, a family hotel, a workshop (мастерская), a hairdresser’s salon,
or a small café.
This is the main street of Chester. It is the centre of trade (торговля)
and small business. It is a busy shopping street. There are also some
cafes, hotels, hairdresser’s salons, florist’s and antique shops,
pharmacies and tailor’s ateliers. Many people work here. Most of
them own these small businesses. They are self-employed.

1. I keep an antique shop. It has been in


our family for generations (поколения).
2. I’m a florist. I run this florist’s shop.

SMALL BUSINESS –
MEMORY BOX

малое предприятие
employ – нанимать на работу
be self-employed – иметь соб-
ственное дело
keep/run – вести дело /руководить
3. I own this beauty salon. We have own/owner – владеть, владелец
a lot of customers. I employ two customer – клиент
hairdressers who work shifts.

206
4. I work in a small hotel. I’m self-
employed. This is a family hotel. 5. My great-grandfather, my grandfather and
my father were chemists. I’m a chemist,
too. This pharmacy is our family business.

6. Jack always has his suits made by Mrs Band


who keeps a tailor’s atelier in Main Street.

7. I’m a bookseller. I keep this bookstore. I’ve


known all our customers for many years.

Ex 7. Fill in the gaps with the words from the list.


Заполните пропуски словами из списка.

immigrant  customers  next door  earn  owners  supermarkets  to keep  shops

A Shop Owner Tells His Story


Like many other (1) ........................ of corner (2) ........................ in large
British cities, I came to England from India as an (3) ........................ .
My (4) ........................ come in the evening between10 p.m. and
11 p.m. when large (5) ........................ have long closed their doors.
My flat is right (6) ........................ to the shop, and it is no problem
for me (7) ........................ my shop open until midnight. I don’t
(8)
........................ much, but it’s enough to live on.

207 Unit 13
Ex 8. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Я – вебдизайнер. Я делаю вебсайты для разных фирм. Мои клиенты – владельцы малых
предприятий. 2. Мой муж владеет малым предприятием. Он работает «на себя». Это
семейный бизнес. Он нанял на работу наших детей и мою сестру. 3. Отто содержит
антикварный магазин. Он унаследовал (inherit) дело своего отца. 4. Мой сын ветеринар, он
лечит больных животных. 5. Я познакомилась с молодым человеком, который содержит
отель. Он сказал, что я могу работать менеджером в его отеле. 6. Конни владеет цветочным
магазином. Она сама управляет своим магазином. 7. Иммигранты часто не могут найти
работу. Они открывают свои маленькие предприятия: магазины, мастерские. Так (that way)
они могут заработать на жизнь.
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

13.3 Choosing the Way


 How does one choose a job out of the hundreds
that there are in the world?
 What are you good at?
 What do you enjoy doing?
 Are you interested in machines or do you like
working with people?

5 Listening
You will listen to Dave who tells his father what he wants to
be and explains why. Read the words in the NOTE first. Then
listen to the dialogue twice and complete the sentences
ë

below with the words from the dialogue.


NOTE
Вы услышите, как Дэвид рассказывает своему отцу, кем он mix a dough – замешивать
хочет быть и объясняет почему. Прочтите слова в NOTE. тесто
Затем прослушайте диалог дважды и дополните данные ready-made – готовый
ниже предложения словами/фразами из диалога. the rest – остальное

208
Dave told his father that he wanted to be a ........................ because it was a very easy job. A
baker has only to ........................ a ........................ , the ........................ does the rest. The
father reminded him that two weeks before he wanted to be a ........................ , then he wanted
to be a ........................ . He also told Dave that a baker has to ........................ ........................
every day. Dave didn’t like it at all. He said he would be a ........................ instead.

-ING FORM or TO-INFINITIVE?


Если в предложении используются два глагола (“want to read, like reading”), то форма второго
глагола зависит от глагола, за которым он следует: в английском языке за одними глаголами
следует ing-form, а за другими to-infinitive. Вот некоторые из них:

Verb + -ing Verb + to-infinitive


like, enjoy, fancy, dislike, hate, want, decide, agree, hope, offer, plan, refuse,
be interested in, be good at, advise, etc.
be bored with, start, begin, finish
 He was good at repairing cars.  He wanted to become a designer.
 He began studying Spanish.  He decided to study painting.

Это правило относится к структуре языка, и глаголы следует просто запомнить.

be good at – быть сильным в чём-либо


MEMORY BOX

be interested in – интересоваться
choose – выбирать
train – обучаться, готовиться
take up a course – пройти курс обу-
чения
look for work – искать работу
get an invitation for an interview –
получить приглашение на интервью
get an offer – получить предложение
apply for a job – формально обра-
титься за работой
Ex 9. -Ing form or to-infinitive? Read the story find/get a job – найти/получить работу
of John Andrews’s career. Look at the list career – карьера
of verbs in the Grammar section and
decide on the form of the verb in brackets.
Прочтите историю карьеры Джона Эндрюса. Посмотрите на список глаголов в
табличке выше и выберите форму глагола в скобках.

John Andrews began (wear) (1) ..................... glasses when he was a small boy. When he was
finishing school, his parents advised him (start) (2) ..................... training as an optician. John
agreed (take up) (3) ..................... the course. He was interested in (help) (4) ..................... the
people who had the same problems as he had.
He decided (be) (5) ..................... an optician. He enjoyed (study) (6) ..................... , it was easy
for him. He even planned (open) (7) ..................... his own business in the future. When he finished

209 Unit 13
the course, he started (look for) (8) ..................... a job. He began (look through) (9) .....................
“wanted” («требуется») column in magazines. He applied for the jobs and got some offers. He
refused (work) (10) ..................... in pharmacies. He wanted (start) (11) ..................... his career
in a specialized shop. At last he got such an offer. He applied for the job. He got an invitation for
an interview. He got the job as an optician in the town where he lived. Ten years later he became
a partner.

13.4 Looking for a Job


6 Listening
You’ll hear David telling his friend about his new job. Listen to the dialogue twice. A. For questions
(1–4) choose the answer (a–c) which you think best according to the text. B. Complete the
sentences. Use the right form of the verb in brackets.
Дэвид разговаривает с другом о своей новой работе. Прослушайте диалог дважды.
А. Подберите правильный ответ (а–с) на вопросы (1–4). В. Завершите предложения,
поставьте глагол в скобках в соответствующую временную форму.

A B
1. Why does David look smart? When the friends met, David’s friend said
a) He is going out. that he (look) (1) ............ ........... very
b) He is meeting Professor Roberts. smart. David explained that he (be
c) He is going to Professor Robert’s lecture. meeting) (2) .................... Professor
2. What is Professor Roberts famous for? Roberts.
a) He is a famous Polar explorer. His friend knew that Professor Roberts (be)
(3)
b) He is a famous scientist. .................... a famous polar explorer.
c) He is a famous scientific explorer. David said he (be going) (4) .................... to
3. What job has David got? be his assistant.
a) David is going to be а famous explorer, too. His friend said he (be) (5) ....................
b) David is going to work on the same problem. lucky. He thought David (travel) (6) ...........
c) David is going to be his assistant. .............. all over the world in the future.
4. Why is David so lucky?
a) He is going to earn a lot.
b) He is going to travel a lot.
c) He is going to be famous.

1 2 3 4

210
Ex 10. Combine the following pairs of sentences. Use
the conjunctions in brackets.
Соедините следующие пары предложений.
Grammar
Используйте союзы в скобках. THE PAST PERFECT TENSE

HAD DONE
1. They went to England. They left school. (after)
They went to England after they had left school. Используется с подобными обстоя-
2. John worked as a builder. He began to study тельствами времени:
by the end of the last week,
architecture. (before) by 5 o’clock yesterday,
............................................................................ before he came, when he called
3. She wrote the letter. She went to the post office. которые показывают, что:
(after) 1. действие было завершено к опре-
............................................................................ делённому моменту в прошлом:
4. Harold couldn’t leave for home. He finished the  They had finished the work
work. (before) before I came.
 He had arrived to work by 6 a.m.
............................................................................ yesterday.
5. I understood the problem. He explained. (after)
2. одно действие закончилось до
............................................................................ начала другого действия:
6. Jerry applied for the job. He graduated from
university. (after) 1 + 2
............................................................................ Past Perfect Past Simple
7. My brother studied French. He went to work in Lyon.
 He had worked in a bank
(before)
before he left for Spain.
...........................................................................
ë

Если действия совершались друг за другом в близкой после-


NOTE довательности (цепь действий), используется the Past Simple.
by – к, у, при, около
Past Simple , Past Simple

 Ida came to the USA and started learning English.

Ex 11. Read Ida’s story. Use the verbs in brackets in the right tense form: the Past Simple or
Past Perfect.
Прочтите историю Иды. Поставьте глагол в скобках в соответствующем времени:
the Past Simple or Past Perfect.

Getting a Job in a Restaurant

Ida (live) (1) ... had lived ... in Columbia before she (move) (2) ... moved ... to America. Her main
reason for coming was to give her 13-year-old son a better education. She (divorce)
(3)
...................... Perry’s father after her son (be born) (4) ...................... . She was bringing up
her son alone. Before she (come) (5) ...................... to the USA Ida (be) (6) ......................
a successful manager in her home country. She (save) (7) ...................... a lot of money before

211 Unit 13
she (move) (8) ...................... to New York. Or she (think) (9) ...................... that she (save)
(10)
...................... a lot of money. In America she (start) (11) ... started ... her own business and
(fail – потерпеть неудачу) (12) ... failed ... .
It was a great risk, she (know) (13) ...................... it would leave her with little money.
She (not study) (14) ...................... English before she (move) (15) ...................... to America.
American business people (not be) (16) ...................... patient; they (not want) (17) ......................
to talk to a person they (not understand) (18) ...................... . In Columbia he (not imagine)
(19)
...................... it would take her long to speak good English.
Now she (have) (20) ...................... no money left. Ida (have) (21) ...................... to go to work. Her
boyfriend was sorry. She (be) (22) ...................... a business woman in her homeland, and in the
USA (want) (23) ...................... to work as a waitress.
“I’m having an interview tomorrow,” Ida told her boyfriend. – “You'll be lucky to make $8 an hour,”
her boyfriend Tony said. “What kind of money is that?” Ida replied he (forget) (24) ......................
about the tips. “That's where the big money is,” she said, laughing.

Ex 12. What should you do to find a job? Find the logical sequence of the steps you should
take.
Что нужно сделать, чтобы найти работу? Найдите логическую последовательность
шагов, которые нужно предпринять.

£ get an invitation for an interview


£ think what kind of job you want
£ get ready for an interview
£ read the advertisements in the “Situations Vacant” column
£ apply for the job by letter

A letter of application
Joan Berwick
13 Queen Street
Bath, SU52 OZ
September, 10, 2011
Mr Nigel Moon
15 North Road
Warwick, Lanc.
ZD 10 PK
Dear Mr Moon,
I saw your advertisement in the “Evening Star,” I would like to apply for the job of a
secretary. I enclose (прилагать) the reference letter (рекомендательное письмо)
from my teacher.
I’m looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely,
Joan Berwick

212
ë
NOTE
These phrases can help you
to introduce yourself:
Good afternoon. My name is … . I have an
appointment for an interview with … .
Hello! I’m … .
Good morning, Mrs Page. My name is ... .
I’m phoning about your advertisement in … .

USE OF THE PAST PERFECT TENSE IN REPORTED SPEECH


ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ THE PAST PERFECT TENSE В КОСВЕННОЙ РЕЧИ
The Past Perfect Tense применяется при преобразовании прямой речи в косвенную.
Прямая речь Косвенная речь
Past Simple (did)
Past Perfect (had done)
Present Perfect (have done)
Past Perfect (had done)
 “My father worked on the building site then”, he said.
 He said that his father had worked on the building site at that time.

Ex 13. Report what the boy told about his father’s dream.
Передайте в косвенной речи рассказ мальчика о мечте своего отца.

1. “My father dreamt to be a lorry driver.” (say)


The boy said that his father had dreamt to be a lorry driver.
2. “But his parents wanted him to go to university.” (say)
.......................................................................................................................................
3. “At university he studied economics.” (remark)
.......................................................................................................................................
4. “On graduation from university he got a job as manager in a bank.” (remember)
.......................................................................................................................................
5. “Father wasn’t happy.” (mention)
.......................................................................................................................................
6. “The work was extremely boring.” (explain)
.......................................................................................................................................
7. “He didn’t like working in the office.” (think)
.......................................................................................................................................

213 Unit 13
8. “One day he left the job and went to Spain.” (say)
.......................................................................................................................................
9. “In Spain he taught English at school.”(say)
.......................................................................................................................................
10. “He wasn’t a good teacher.” (admit)
.......................................................................................................................................
11. “He was sacked (уволить).” (say)
.......................................................................................................................................
12. “He went back home to England.” (tell)
.......................................................................................................................................
13. “There was no job for him in England.” (mention)
.......................................................................................................................................
14. “One day he saw an advertisement in a newspaper: “Lorry driver wanted”. (tell)
.......................................................................................................................................
15. “He applied for the job and got it.” (say)
.......................................................................................................................................
So in the end he became a lorry driver.

7 Reader’s Corner
Listen and then read a passage of the novel “Pictures in the Hallway.” Match the headings (A–F)
below to the paragraphs (1–5). There is one extra heading in the list.
Прослушайте и прочтите отрывок из романа. Подберите соответствующие заглавия (A–F)
из списка ниже к абзацам текста (1–6). В списке одно лишнее заглавие.

A. The Talk with the Owner of the Firm D. Johnny Is Fourteen


B. Letters to the Firm E. Archie Helps His Brother to Find a Job
C. The Mother Visits Mr Anthony F. Johnny Hands in the Letters

Coming of Age
by Sean O’Casey
(adapted)

1. £ Johnny was getting on in years now. He was tall and thin, with masses of hair.
A few days before his fourteenth birthday, he could manage to read, missing the biggest
words the stories in the magazines, and different penny adventure (приключение)
books. So, he knew nearly as much as it was necessary, and was ready to take his place
in the world and do some work as soon as he could get a job.

2. £ Every day Archie, his elder brother, looked through the “Situations Vacant” column in
the daily newspaper trying to find some work for Johnny.

214
Early on one fine morning in April, mother woke up Johnny. “Get up like a good boy,
Archie has just found the very thing for you,” she said.
Johnny got up, washed his face and dressed, then he sat down by the fire to listen to
what Archie had to say.
Archie opened the newspaper and read out: “A smart and honest boy is wanted. One who
has just left school is preferred. Apply by letter to Hyndim, Leadem & Co. Henry Street,
Dublin.” “You see,” said Archie, “it is the best job for you. And a fine big firm, the biggest
in the city.”

3. £ “Now you run down to your sister Ella and ask her to write a letter for you applying for
the job, and another letter from her as a school teacher, saying that Johnny was a good
boy and the most attentive at his lessons,” advised Archie. “Let her sign it E. Benson,
so as not to show that it was written by a woman.”
“Hurry off now to your sister. On your way there buy some ink, paper and envelopes,
perhaps Ella has none. Then hurry back. Mrs Middleton, our neighbour, promised to
loan her son’s new coat. It will be waiting for you,” mother said.
Johnny put on his old coat and hurried to his sister’s. On his way he bought paper, ink
and a pen at a shop. When he came to his sister’s, he told her what his elder brother
had read from the newspaper and what she had to do for him.
She washed her hands quickly and began writing. When the first letter was finished she
gave it to Johnny to copy. Johnny very slowly and with great care wrote the following:
Dear Sirs,
I have seen in today’s newspaper that your firm is in need of an honest and smart
boy, and that you prefer one that has just finished school.
I venture (осмеливаться) to say that I have all the necessary qualities, and as
I have just left school, I wish to offer myself as a candidate for the position.
Very respectfully your’s,
John Casside
Ella then wrote another letter:
St Mary’s National School
Dominick Street
The bearer, John Casside, has been a pupil in this school, during which peсriod I
have always found him a smart, honest and a good boy, and, at all times most attentive
to his studies. I feel sure he will perfectly satisfy (удовлетворять) any employer who will
give him a job to do.
E. Benson
School-Teacher

4. £ Johnny hurried home with the letters; there he put on the coat, loaned to his mother by
Mrs Middleton, and quickly ran out again to find the firm.
At last, he entered the great shop and asked the clerk where he could hand in a letter
that answered the advertisement. The clerk explained to him where to find Mr Anthony
who would read the letter.

215 Unit 13
Mr Anthony was in a little office. He was a tall thin man with watery blue eyes that looked
attentively at Johnny.
Johnny, with his cap held respectfully under his arm, handed the two letters to the man,
who was Anthony Dovergull, one of the two brothers, owners of the big firm.

5. £ Mr Anthony took the letters from Johnny, read them silently, and looked at Johnny.
Johnny was glad he had a new overcoat on him.
“You are Irish, young man, aren’t you?” he asked.
“Oh, yes, of course, sir,” answered Johnny.
“Well, we’ll try you,” said Mr Anthony. “You can start tomorrow morning. Hours, eight till
six; wages, three shillings and six pence a week, rising, of course, every year. Now you
can go.” And he continued the work he was doing when Johnny handed him the letters.

Ex 14. Pick out the key-words from each part of the story following the headings you’ve given
to the parts. Use them to retell the story.
Из каждой части рассказа, заглавия к которым вы подобрали, выберите ключевые
слова. Используйте их для пересказа текста.

1. get on in years; tall and thin; can read penny adventure books; was ready to do
some work.
2. .......................................................................................................................................
3. .......................................................................................................................................
4. .......................................................................................................................................
5. .......................................................................................................................................

Ex 15. Find in the text the following phrases:


Найдите в тексте следующие фразы:

1. подрастать ...................................................................................................................
2. пропуская самые большие слова ....................................................................................
3. грошовые приключенческие книжонки .............................................................................
4. просматривать ...............................................................................................................
5. ежедневная газета ........................................................................................................
6. смышлёный и честный мальчик ........................................................................................
7. обратиться за работой письмом ......................................................................................
8. одолжить новое пальто ................................................................................................
9. быть внимательным на уроках ..........................................................................................
10. необходимые качества ..................................................................................................
11. вручить письмо ..............................................................................................................
12. рабочие часы: с 8 до 6 ...................................................................................................
13. зарплата: 3 шиллинга 6 пенсов в неделю .........................................................................
LIFE IN A CITY
and IN THE COUNTRY 14

14.1 CITY LIFE


1 A Question
Some people live in the country,
Where the houses are very small,
Some people live in the city
Where the houses are very tall,
But in the country where the houses
are small,
The gardens are very big,
And in the city where the houses
are tall,
There are no gardens at all.
Where would you rather live?
(by E. Segal)

217
Ex 1. A. Match these statements to each of the two places: a city/town (T) or a place in the
country (C). Mark them correspondingly.
Какому из указанных мест соответствуют эти предложения: большому городу
(Т) или сельской местности (С)? Подберите соответствующие предложения и
отметьте их (Т) или (С).
В. Choose the right sentences and tell about the place you live in.
Подберите соответствующие предложения и расскажите о месте, в котором
вы живёте.

1. £ Most people know each other.


£ A TOWN/CITY

MEMORY BOX
2. A large place to live. 2
3. £ It is crowded. population – население

£
public transport – общественный
4. People are more friendly and chatty. транспорт
5. £ There is a public transport system there. services – система бытовых услуг
6. £ There are skyscrapers and high-rise cultural activity – культурная жизнь
capital – столица
buildings there.
scenery – пейзаж
7. £ It is a small quiet place to live. convenient – удобный
8. £ It is convenient to live in: it offers a lot of crowded – наполненный народом
services. quiet – тихий, спокойный
9. £ The air is clean and the scenery is beautiful
there.
10. £ There are lots of places to go out.
£

ë
11. There are small houses with gardens in this place. NOTE
12. £ There are a lot of different shops there.
A country (t
into countries
he world is di
vided
13. £ It offers lots of cultural activity (museums, The country
towns) – сель
) – страна
(land away
from
theatres, cinemas). ская местнос
ть

...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

218
Ex 2. Match the place to its definition. Translate the words in the box.
Найдите в списке соответствующее слово для данного определения. Переведите
эти слова.

a town  a village  the capital  a city  the country

1. ...................... is a large and important town.


2. ...................... is a place in a country where its
Government meets.
3. ...................... is land away from towns and cities.
4. ...................... a group of houses together with
Grammar
some other buildings such as church, school in a
USE OF ARTICLES
country area. WITH THE WORD “TOWN”
5. ...................... a place with many streets and УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ
buildings where people live and work. СО СЛОВОМ “TOWN”

Слово town, при противопоставле-


нии этого понятия сельской мест-
Ex 3. Insert articles where necessary. ности (the country), употребляется
Вставьте артикли, где это необходимо. без артикля.
 I can’t go to town tomorrow,
1. We’ve seen things in Paris. We’ve been to ...... opera it’s harvest time now.
 He spent 20 years in town, he
and to ...... ballet. 2. Maycomb was ...... old town. 3. He isn’t used to country life.
must be in ...... town already. 4. There is a good film at
...... cinema, or we could go to ...... theatre, or we could Если имеется ввиду конкретный
stay at ...... home and watch ...... television. 5. Have you город, артикль употребляется по
общим правилам.
seen ...... ballet at ...... Opera House? It’s new. 6. Every
Saturday my daughter goes to ...... disco, she loves  I want to go to the town I was
born in.
dancing. 7. I’ve never been in ...... town where you were  Would you rather live in a
born. 8. Our old nurse spent her youth in ...... country. town or in the country?
Before she came to live with us, she had never been to
В отличие от слова town, сущест-
...... town. 9. If you live in ...... country, life in ...... town
вительное country всегда употреб-
seems fantastic. 10. Nowadays people seldom go to ляется с определённым артиклем
...... cinema, they watch TV. 11. When we go on holiday TНЕ.
to some country, we always visit ...... capital of this  At the weekend we always go
to the country.
country.

Некоторые группы слов всегда употребляются с определённым


артиклем THE, например, c формами развлечений, которые
можно найти в городе: the theatre, the cinema/movie, the opera,
the ballet, the disco.
 Have you been to the cinema or the disco lately?
Слово capital также употребляется с определённым
артиклем – такой город в стране один.
 London is the capital of Great Britain.

219 Unit 14
Ex 4. Choose the correct word underlined in each sentence.
Выберите соответствующее слово из двух, подчёркнутых в каждом предложении.

1. 
Have you been to Grimpton? It’s not a very nice part/ place.
2. It’s good to get away from the city and visit the field/country.
3. Paris is the head/capital of France.
4. You can get a bus from here to the city central/centre.
5. Would you rather live in a city, a small town or a villa/village?
6. When you leave the land/country, you have to show your passport.
7. David comes from a small centre/town in Wales.
8. Everest is the highest mountain in the world/earth.

Ex 5. Match each word in the box with a description.


Найдите в списке описанное слово.

block of flats  station  cinema  hotel  library


police station  restaurant  theatre

1. hotel
You can stay here. .......................
2. You can borrow books from here. .......................
3. You can watch a film here. .......................
4. You can catch a train here. .......................
5. You can see a play here. .......................
6. You can live here. .......................
7. You can have dinner here. .......................
8. You can ask for help here. .......................

3 Listening
You will listen to an announcement about a sightseeing tour of London.
A. Listen to the announcement twice and tick () the statements you heard. There are two extra
answers which you don’t need to use. B. On the tourist map of London mark the sights mentioned
in the announcement.
А. После двукратного прослушивания отметьте предложения, упоминавшиеся в объяв-
лении. В списке есть два лишних ответа. В. На туристической карте Лондона отметьте
достопримечательности, о которых шла речь в объявлении.

1. £ You’ll see the major sights of London.


2. £ You can take great pictures free there.
3. £ You’ll go on the double-deck bus.

220
4. £ There is a lunch break at 12 o’clock.

ë
5. £ You can get on and off at every stop.
NOTE
observation
6. £ The ticket lasts 24 hours. обозрения
wheel – колес
о
7. £ You can see everything from the top of the bus.

1.

SIGHTSEEING TOUR –
MEMORY BOX

осмотр достопримечательностей
sight/place of interest - достопри-
мечательность
bridge – мост
tower – башня
fortress – крепость
palace – дворец
cathedral – собор
square – площадь
street – улица
avenue – проспект
double-deck bus – двухэтажный
автобус

221 Unit 14
Grammar
USE OF ARTICLES WITH THE NAMES OF STREETS, SQUARES and SOME BUILDINGS
ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ АРТИКЛЯ С НАЗВАНИЯМИ УЛИЦ, ПЛОЩАДЕЙ и ЗДАНИЙ

Names of Places, Buildings, The Definite Article


No Article
Public Organizations, etc. THE

– Public/historical buildings,  the Bank of England,  Westminster Abbey,


churches the Winter Palace, St. Paul’s Cathedral,
the Tower of London Buckingham Palace
– Theatres, cinemas  the Globe, the Bolshoy,  Her Majesty’s Theatre
the Odeon, the Arbat
– Museums  the British Museum,
the Hermitage,
the Tate Gallery
– Parks  Hyde Park, St. James’s Park
– Restaurants  the Cage Royal  Leoni’s
– Hotels  the Hilton  Brown’s
– Stations and airports  Heathrow, Sheremetyevo
– The names of streets and  High Street,
squares Trafalgar Square

Ex 6. In each of the following sentences the article THE has been left out at least once. Read
the sentences and mark where THE should be. The number in brackets tells you how
many times THE should occur.
В каждом из следующих предложений артикль THE пропущен, по крайней мере,
один раз. Прочтите предложения и отметьте (), где должен стоять артикль THE.
Цифра в скобках показывает, сколько раз должен употребляться артикль THE в
этих предложениях.

1. When we were in London, we stayed at ........  Royal Hotel in ........ Albert Street near ........
Trafalgar Square. (1) 2. On the first morning we went to ........ British Museum and had lunch at
........ MacDonald’s in ........ Church Street. (1) 3. In the evening we went to a pub just off ........
Leicester Square, then we went to a play at ........ National Theatre. (1) 4. Next day we went to
........ – Houses of Parliament and ........ Westminster Abbey and had lunch at ........ Peking
 Evening Standard newspaper and found there was a good
Restaurant. (2) 5. We looked in ........
film at ........ Odeon cinema near ........ Piccadilly Circus. (2)

222
Ex 7. Edna and George are in London. They are listening to the announcement about the tour
of London and discuss if they should take it. Read the dialogue and render the underlined
questions in Reported Speech.
Прочтите диалог и передайте подчеркнутые вопросы в косвенной речи.

EDNA: What do you think, George?


GEORGE: That’s not a bad idea. We’ll see all the important sights.
EDNA: Would you like to go by taxi? (1)
Edna asked if George would like to go by taxi.
GEORGE: I don’t want to go by taxi, it’s too expensive. And I’d like to listen to the guide.
EDNA: By the way, have they got a guide? (2) We should ask about that.
.............................................................................................................................
GEORGE: Is it expensive, I wonder? (3)
.............................................................................................................................
EDNA: I don’t think so. Look, how many people want
to take the tour. It can’t be that expensive. REPORTED
GEORGE: Is lunch included? (4)
Remember, when we GENERAL QUESTION
were in Paris, lunch was included. I’ll ask him. КОСВЕННЫЙ ОБЩИЙ ВОПРОС,
предполагающий ответ: ДА/НЕТ
.................................................................
................................................................. Какие шаги необходимо выпол-
нить для перехода в косвенную
EDNA: Are there many stops? (5) I’d like to know how речь:
long it takes. We should certainly ask that,
1. Превратить вопросительное пред-
too. ложение в повествовательное:
................................................................. подлежащее + сказуемое
.................................................................
 Is it far from here?  It is
GEORGE: Can we use the ticket the next day, (6) if we far from here.
start after lunch?  Do you sometimes go on tours
................................................................. of European capitals?  You
................................................................. sometimes go on tours ...
EDNA: That’s a good question. Shall we see Victoria 2. После вводных слов (he asked)
and Albert Museum? (7)
I’ve read a book поставить связующее «ли» – IF.
about Queen Victoria and I want to visit it. 3. Если необходимо, применить
Have you read the book, George? (8) правило согласования времён.
................................................................. “it is far…”  He said it was
far…
................................................................. “you go on tours…”  She added
they sometimes went on tours...

Косвенный вопрос обычно вводится глаголами:


ask, want to know, wonder (интересоваться)

asked
it was far from there.
He wanted to know IF
we went on tours of European capitals.
wondered

223 Unit 14
GEORGE: No, I haven’t. Does the bus stop at Hyde Park? (9) I’d like to have a look at the park.
They speak so much about it.
.............................................................................................................................
EDNA: Can we have the plan of the tour? (10) Then we won’t have to ask so many questions.
.............................................................................................................................
GEORGE: You’re quite right. And do you remember all our questions, dear? (11) Let’s go and ask
him.
.............................................................................................................................

Ex 8. Edna and George ask the sales person all the questions they wanted. Render the
questions in Reported Speech.
Эдна и Джордж задают вопросы продавцу билетов на автобусную экскурсию.
Передайте их вопросы в косвенной речи.
REPORTED SPEСIAL QUESTION
1. How many sights are we going to see?
КОСВЕННЫЙ
George asked how many sights they were СПЕЦИАЛЬНЫЙ ВОПРОС
going to see. При переводе в косвенную речь
2. How many stops does the bus make? специального вопроса (where,
............................................................................ when, how, why, how many, etc) так
3. What time does the tour begin? же, как и в случае с общим вопро-